home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. HTML 4.0 Reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Reference
-
- HTML 4.0 became a W3C Recommendation in December of 1997. The new HTML standard
- provides a number of significant improvements over previous versions of the
- language while emphasizing the concepts of accessibility and structural markup.
-
- Contents
-
- What's New in HTML 4.0
- A summary of the new features in HTML 4.0 and a look at the key
- concepts behind the new standard.
-
- Structure of an HTML 4.0 Document
- An explanation of elements, tags, and attributes, and how they are
- used in an HTML 4.0 document.
-
- Organizational List of HTML 4.0 Elements
- All HTML 4.0 elements organized by their function.
-
- Alphabetical List of HTML 4.0 Elements
- All HTML 4.0 elements listed alphabetically.
-
- HTML 4.0 Entities
- All character entity references in HTML 4.0 along with their numeric
- character references and rendering in your browser.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1. Credits and other info. ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Original HTML documents by Liam Quinn <liam@htmlhelp.com>
- Conversion to INF format by Mark Healey <edantes@cts.com>
-
- This file is meant to be concatenated with CSS.inf. Some of the links in this
- file lead to panels in that file.
-
- To concatenate the files place the files anywhere in your "BOOKSHELF" path and
- create a program object with the fields in the properties ("settings" in pre
- 4.0 versions) notebook thus:
-
- Program Page
-
- Path and file name
- view.exe
- Parameters
- html40.inf+css.inf
- Icon Page ("general" in pre 4.0 versions)
-
- Title
- what ever you want
-
- Current Icon
- Drop any icon you like (I hope it is the one I made for this.)
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2. What's New in HTML 4.0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- What's New in HTML 4.0
-
- o New Elements in HTML 4.0
- o Separation of Structure and Presentation
- o Accessibility
- o Internationalization
- o Style Sheets
- o Client-side Scripting
- o Frames
- o Advanced Tables
-
-
- ═══ 1.2.1. New Elements in HTML 4.0 ═══
-
- New Elements in HTML 4.0
-
- The following elements are new in HTML 4.0:
-
- o ABBR - Abbreviation
- o ACRONYM - Acronym
- o BDO - BiDi override
- o BUTTON - Button
- o COL - Table column
- o COLGROUP - Table column group
- o DEL - Deleted text
- o FIELDSET - Form control group
- o FRAME - Frame
- o FRAMESET - Frameset
- o IFRAME - Inline frame
- o INS - Inserted text
- o LABEL - Form field label
- o LEGEND - Fieldset caption
- o NOFRAMES - Frames alternate content
- o NOSCRIPT - Alternate script content
- o OBJECT - Object
- o OPTGROUP - Option group
- o Q - Short quotation
- o S - Strike-through text
- o SPAN - Generic inline container
- o TBODY - Table body
- o TFOOT - Table foot
- o THEAD - Table head
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.2. Separation of Structure and Presentation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Separation of Structure and Presentation
-
- By deprecating many presentational features from HTML 3.2 and adding hooks for
- style sheets , HTML 4.0 encourages separating a document's structure from its
- presentation. This concept is key to understanding HTML 4.0.
-
- When authors use HTML to markup a document's structure and style sheets to
- suggest the document's presentation, they can more easily achieve the
- device-independence that helped bring HTML its initial popularity. A document
- with a rich structure can be presented in many different ways on different
- media, allowing the document to adjust to new technologies such as phone or
- in-car aural browsers. The separation of content and presentation also allows
- authors to change the presentation of an entire site by editing a single style
- sheet, providing significant advantages in site maintenance.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.3. Accessibility ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Accessibility
-
- Many of HTML 4.0's improvements in the area of accessibility follow from its
- emphasis on the separatoin of structure and presentation. When HTML is used
- structurally, a document can adapt to different browsing environments,
- accommodating large fonts, special colors, speech synthesizers, and Braille
- tactile feedback devices. This adaptability allows blind, low-vision,
- colorblind, and cognitively-challenged users access to the Web, opening a door
- for the world's 600 million disabled people.
-
- HTML 4.0 includes many new elements and attributes aimed at improving the Web's
- accessibility. The multi-dimensional nature of HTML tables has long posed
- problems for non-visual browsing, but new attributes on the TABLE, TH, and TD
- elements allow table summaries and a more explicit association between a cell
- and its header information. These attributes give non-visual browsers the
- ability to render a cell's header information, possibly in an abbreviated form,
- before giving the cell's content.
-
- New elements in HTML 4.0 also bring accessibility improvements to forms. The
- new FIELDSET element allows form controls to be grouped together and the LEGEND
- element provides a caption for the group. By grouping related form controls,
- authors allow those with non-visual browsers to more easily navigate
- complicated forms. As well, the new LABEL element associates a text label with
- a form control so that users can more easily determine what information is
- required in a given field.
-
- Other accessibility improvements include full image descriptions through the
- LONGDESC attribute on the IMG element, rich alternatives to images and videos
- through the OBJECT element, and richer alternatives to image maps through a new
- content model for the MAP element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.4. Internationalization ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Internationalization
-
- To allow representation of the world's languages, HTML 4.0 adopts the Universal
- Character Set as its character set. Previous versions of HTML were restricted
- to ISO-8859-1, a character set that only handled some western European
- languages. The Universal Character Set is character-by-character equivalent to
- Unicode 2.0 and contains characters for almost all of the world's languages.
-
- The LANG and DIR attributes are new in HTML 4.0 and apply to almost all
- elements. These attributes allow authors to specify the language and
- directionality of text. The BDO element allows authors to override the
- bidirectional algorithm used when right-to-left text such as Hebrew is
- presented.
-
- HTML 4.0 also offers new entities for easy entry of mathematical symbols and
- Greek letters as well as other special characters.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.5. Style Sheets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Style Sheets
-
- HTML 4.0 adds new hooks for style sheets, which suggest how a document is
- presented. The new ID, CLASS, and STYLE attributes allow style information to
- be attached to specific elements. The LINK and STYLE elements have new TYPE and
- MEDIA attributes for specifying the style sheet language and target media,
- respectively.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.6. Client-side Scripting ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Client-side Scripting
-
- HTML 4.0 embraces client-side scripting through the addition of a number of new
- attributes. The SCRIPT element now includes attributes for specifying the
- scripting language, embedding an external script, and deferring execution of a
- script. As well, a number of event attributes have been added to enable
- execution of a script upon events such as the user clicking an element,
- pressing a key, moving the mouse over an element, or changing the value of a
- form control.
-
- The NOSCRIPT element, also new in HTML 4.0, provides alternate content for
- browsers with client-side scripting disabled or not supported.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.7. Frames ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Frames
-
- The inclusion of frames in HTML 4.0 gives authors the ability to present
- multiple documents in one window. The frames model used in HTML 4.0 is not
- changed from the flawed frames model originally proposed by Netscape.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.8. Advanced Tables ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Advanced Tables
-
- The simple table model of HTML 3.2 is expanded in HTML 4.0 to include row and
- column groups, greater flexibility in defining a table's rules, and
- accessibility improvements. The use of row groups (THEAD, TFOOT, TBODY) allows
- visual browsers to render static header and footer rows with scrollable body
- rows, thus improving the readability of large tables.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.9. HTML 4.0 Deprecated Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Deprecated Features
-
- A number of elements and attributes are deprecated in HTML 4.0 as an indication
- that other methods of accomplishing the same task are preferred. Deprecated
- features may become obsolete in future versions of HTML, though browsers that
- support the features will likely continue to support them. Deprecated features
- are included in HTML 4.0 Transitional and HTML 4.0 Frameset but not HTML 4.0
- Strict.
-
- Many presentational elements and attributes are deprecated in favor of style
- sheets, which allow authors to suggest a presentation with more flexibility and
- without sacrificing accessibility. Presentational attributes that cannot
- currently be replaced with style sheets are in most cases not deprecated.
-
- The following elements are deprecated in favor of style sheets :
-
- o BASEFONT - Base font change
- o CENTER - Centered block
- o FONT - Font change
- o S - Strike-through text
- o STRIKE - Strike-through text
- o U - Underlined text
-
- link reftype=hd res=.The following elements are also deprecated:
-
- o APPLET - Java applet (deprecated in favor of OBJECT)
- o DIR - Directory list (deprecated in favor of UL)
- o ISINDEX - Input prompt (deprecated in favor of INPUT)
- o MENU - Menu list (deprecated in favor of UL)
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3. Structure of an HTML 4.0 Document ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Structure of an HTML 4.0 Document
-
- o Elements and Tags
- o Attributes
- o Special Characters
- o Comments
- o A Complete HTML 4.0 Document
- o Validating your HTML
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.1. Elements and Tags ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Elements and Tags
-
- Elements are the structures that describe parts of an HTML document. For
- example, the P element represents a paragraph while the EM element gives
- emphasized content.
-
- An element has three parts: a start tag, content, and an end tag. A tag is
- special text--"markup"--that is delimited by "<" and ">". An end tag includes a
- "/" after the "<". For example, the EM element has a start tag, <EM>, and an
- end tag, </EM>. The start and end tags surround the content of the EM element:
-
- <EM>This is emphasized text</EM>
-
- Element names are always case-insensitive, so <em>, <eM>, and <EM> are all the
- same.
-
- Elements cannot overlap each other. If the start tag for an EM element appears
- within a P, the EM's end tag must also appear within the same P element.
-
- Some elements allow the start or end tag to be omitted. For example, the LI end
- tag is always optional since the element's end is implied by the next LI
- element or by the end of the list:
-
- <UL>
- <LI>First list item; no end tag
- <LI>Second list item; optional end tag included</LI>
- <LI>Third list item; no end tag
- </UL>
-
- Some elements have no end tag because they have no content. These elements,
- such as the BR element for line breaks, are represented only by a start tag and
- are said to be empty.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.1.1. HTML 4.0 Block-Level Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Block-Level Elements
-
- Most HTML 4.0 elements permitted within the BODY are classified as either
- block-level elements or inline elements. Block-level elements typically contain
- inline elements and other block-level elements. When rendered visually,
- block-level elements usually begin on a new line.
-
- The following are defined as block-level elements in HTML 4.0:
-
- o ADDRESS - Address
- o BLOCKQUOTE - Block quotation
- o CENTER - Centered block
- o DIR - Directory list
- o DIV - Generic block-level container
- o DL - Definition list
- o FIELDSET - Form control group
- o FORM - Interactive form
- o H1 - Level-one heading
- o H2 - Level-two heading
- o H3 - Level-three heading
- o H4 - Level-four heading
- o H5 - Level-five heading
- o H6 - Level-six heading
- o HR - Horizontal rule
- o ISINDEX - Input prompt
- o MENU - Menu list
- o NOFRAMES - Frames alternate content
- o NOSCRIPT - Alternate script content
- o OL - Ordered list
- o P - Paragraph
- o PRE - Preformatted text
- o TABLE - Table
- o UL - Unordered list
-
- The following elements may also be considered block-level elements since they
- may contain block-level elements:
-
- o DD - Definition description
- o DT - Definition term
- o FRAMESET - Frameset
- o LI - List item
- o TBODY - Table body
- o TD - Table data cell
- o TFOOT - Table foot
- o TH - Table header cell
- o THEAD - Table head
- o TR - Table row
-
- The following elements may be used as either block-level elements or inline
- elements. If used as inline elements (e.g., within another inline element or a
- P), these elements should not contain any block-level elements.
-
- o APPLET - Java applet
- o BUTTON - Button
- o DEL - Deleted text
- o IFRAME - Inline frame
- o INS - Inserted text
- o MAP - Image map
- o OBJECT - Object
- o SCRIPT - Client-side script
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.1.2. HTML 4.0 Inline Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Inline Elements
-
- Most HTML 4.0 elements permitted within the BODY are classified as either
- block-level elements or inline elements. Inline elements typically may only
- contain text and other inline elements. When rendered visually, inline elements
- do not usually begin on a new line.
-
- The following are defined as inline elements in HTML 4.0:
-
- o A - Anchor
- o ABBR - Abbreviation
- o ACRONYM - Acronym
- o B - Bold text
- o BASEFONT - Base font change
- o BDO - BiDi override
- o BIG - Large text
- o BR - Line break
- o CITE - Citation
- o CODE - Computer code
- o DFN - Defined term
- o EM - Emphasis
- o FONT - Font change
- o I - Italic text
- o IMG - Inline image
- o INPUT - Form input
- o KBD - Text to be input
- o LABEL - Form field label
- o Q - Short quotation
- o S - Strike-through text
- o SAMP - Sample output
- o SELECT - Option selector
- o SMALL - Small text
- o SPAN - Generic inline container
- o STRIKE - Strike-through text
- o STRONG - Strong emphasis
- o SUB - Subscript
- o SUP - Superscript
- o TEXTAREA - Multi-line text input
- o TT - Teletype text
- o U - Underlined text
- o VAR - Variable
-
- The following elements may be used as either block-level elements or inline
- elements. If used as inline elements (e.g., within another inline element or a
- P), these elements should not contain any block-level elements.
-
- o APPLET - Java Applet
- o BUTTON - Button
- o DEL - Deleted text
- o IFRAME - Inline frame
- o INS - Inserted text
- o MAP - Image map
- o OBJECT - Object
- o SCRIPT - Client-side script
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.2. Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Attributes
-
- An element's attributes define various properties for the element. For example,
- the IMG element takes a SRC attribute to provide the location of the image and
- an ALT attribute to give alternate text for those not loading images:
-
- <IMG SRC="wdglogo.gif" ALT="Web Design Group">
-
- An attribute is included in the start tag only--never the end tag--and takes
- the form Attribute-name="Attribute-value". The attribute value is delimited by
- single or double quotes. The quotes are optional if the attribute value
- consists solely of letters in the range A-Z and a-z, digits (0-9), hyphens
- ("-"), and periods (".").
-
- Attribute names are case-insensitive, but attribute values may be
- case-sensitive.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.2.1. HTML 4.0 Attribute Values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Attribute Values
-
- There are various kinds of attribute values in HTML 4.0. This document
- describes common types of values.
-
- CDATA
-
- Attribute values of type CDATA are made up of a sequence of characters that may
- include entities. Line feeds are ignored while each carriage return and tab is
- replaced with a space. Browsers may ignore leading and trailing whitespace
- within the attribute value.
-
- CDATA attribute values are typically case-sensitive, though this is not the
- case with all attributes that take CDATA values.
-
- ID and NAME
-
- Attribute values of type ID and NAME must begin with a letter in the range A-Z
- or a-z and may be followed by letters (A-Za-z), digits (0-9), hyphens ("-"),
- underscores ("_"), colons (":"), and periods ("."). These values are
- case-sensitive.
-
- IDREF and IDREFS
-
- IDREF and IDREFS values refer to values of other elements' ID attributes. An
- IDREF value is a single ID while an IDREFS value is a space-separated list of
- IDs. IDREF and IDREFS are case-sensitive.
-
- Number
-
- Number attribute values are numbers made of at least one digit in the range
- 0-9.
-
- Text
-
- Text attribute values are CDATA values intended to be human readable strings.
-
- URI
-
- URI attribute values are Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs), as defined in the
- URI Internet-Draft, a work-in-progress that is expected to replace RFC 1738 and
- RFC 1808.
-
- URI attribute values may include full URIs such as http://www.htmlhelp.com/. as
- well as relative URIs such as foo.html and ../foo/.
-
- While parts of a URI may be case-insensitive, in general URI values are
- case-sensitive.
-
- Color
-
- Color attribute values give a color definition. The value can be any
- hexadecimal number, specified according to the sRGB color space, or one of
- sixteen color names. Hexadecimal numbers must be prefixed by a "#" character.
-
- The case-insensitive color names and their sRGB values are as follows:
-
- Color Name sRGB Value
-
- Black #000000
-
- Silver #C0C0C0
-
- Gray #808080
-
- White #FFFFFF
-
- Maroon #800000
-
- Red #FF0000
-
- Purple #800080
-
- Fuchsia #FF00FF
-
- Green #008000
-
- Lime #00FF00
-
- Olive #808000
-
- Yellow #FFFF00
-
- Navy #000080
-
- Blue #0000FF
-
- Teal #008080
-
- Aqua #00FFFF
-
- Note that the hexadecimal form is better supported than the color names for the
- color attributes of BODY.
-
- Pixels
-
- These attribute values are integers that represent a number of pixels.
-
- Length
-
- Length attribute values may be either an integer--interpreted as a number of
- pixels--or a percentage of the horizontal or vertical space. The value 50%
- means half the available space while 50 means 50 pixels.
-
- MultiLength and MultiLengths
-
- MultiLength attribute values may be an integer in pixels, a percentage of the
- horizontal or vertical space, or a relative length expressed as i* where i is
- an integer. In allotting space, a browser first allots pixel and percentage
- lengths, then divides the remaining space among all elements with a relative
- length. An element with a length of 3* will be allotted three times the space
- of an element with length 1*. The value * is equivalent to 1* and is often used
- to mean "fill the remaining space."
-
- A MultiLengths value is a comma-separated list of MultiLength values.
-
- ContentType and ContentTypes
-
- These attribute values are content types (also known as media types or MIME
- types) of a linked or embedded resource. Values of type ContentType give a
- single content type while values of type ContentTypes give a comma-separated
- list of content types. Content types are case-insensitive.
-
- Commonly used content types include text/html, image/jpeg, model/vrml,
- video/quicktime, application/java, text/css, and text/javascript. Many common
- content types are registered at the IANA.
-
- LanguageCode
-
- Attribute values of type LanguageCode specify a language code according to RFC
- 1766. Examples of language codes include en for English, en-US for American
- English, and ja for Japanese. Whitespace is not allowed in the language code,
- which is case-insensitive.
-
- Charset and Charsets
-
- These attribute values specify character encodings of linked resources. Values
- of type Charset give a single character encoding while values of type Charsets
- give a space- and/or comma-separated list of character encodings. Character
- encodings are case-insensitive.
-
- Examples of character encodings include ISO-8859-1, SHIFT_JIS, and UTF-8. A
- list of registered character encodings is available at the IANA.
-
- Character
-
- Character attribute values take a single Unicode character. The character may
- be specified with an entity.
-
- Datetime
-
- Datetime attribute values give a date and time in the format
- YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssTZD where YYYY is a four-digit year, MM is a two-digit month
- (01 through 12), DD is a two-digit day (01 through 31), hh is a two-digit
- hour(00 through 23), mm is a two-digit minute (00 through 59), ss is a
- two-digit second (00 through 59), and TZD is the time zone designator. Note
- that the T separating the date from the time must appear literally and is
- case-sensitive.
-
- The time zone designator may be one of the following:
-
- o Z (case-sensitive), which indicates Universal Coordinated Time (UTC,
- basically the same as GMT);
- o +hh:mm, the time ahead of UTC in hours and minutes;
- o -hh:mm, the time behind UTC in hours and minutes.
-
- If any of the two-digit components of the Datetime value are unknown, 00 should
- be used.
-
- LinkTypes
-
- Attribute values of type LinkTypes give a space-separated list of link types. A
- link type is case-insensitive and may not contain whitespace. Each link type
- may be used any number of times in a given document.
-
- While link types are case-insensitive, the Lynx browser will render LINK
- elements with the same case as is given in the REL or REV attribute. Authors
- should therefore be consistent in their case, and may wish to capitalize the
- first letter while using lowercase for the rest.
-
- The following link types are defined in HTML 4.0, though authors may use other
- link types. The Made link type, widely used as <LINK REV=Made
- HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com"> to provide a contact link for the document
- author, is notably missing from the list of link types defined in HTML 4.0.
-
- o Alternate specifies an alternate version of the document. When used with the
- LINK element's HREFLANG attribute, this value implies a translation of the
- document. When used with LINK's MEDIA attribute, a media-specific version
- (e.g., for printing) is implied.
- o StyleSheet specifies an external style sheet for the document. This link type
- can be combined with the Alternate link type to define an alternate style
- sheet for the user to choose.
- o Start specifies the first document in a collection.
- o Next specifies the next document in a suggested sequence of reading. Browsers
- such as WebTV will preload documents identified as "next" to improve the
- perceived load time.
- o Prev specifies the previous document in a suggested sequence of reading.
- o Contents specifies a table of contents for the document.
- o Index gives an index for the document.
- o Glossary gives a glossary of terms used in the document.
- o Copyright specifies a document with copyright information.
- o Chapter specifies the chapter of a collection of documents.
- o Section specifies the section of a collection of documents.
- o Subsection specifies a subsection of a collection of documents.
- o Appendix gives an appendix for the collection of documents.
- o Help specifies a help document.
- o Bookmark refers to a key related document. The TITLE attribute provides a
- label for the bookmark.
-
- MediaDesc
-
- Attribute values of type MediaDesc are media descriptors--a comma-separated
- list of media for which the linked resource is tailored. Media descriptors are
- case-sensitive.
-
- The following media descriptors are defined in HTML 4.0:
-
- o screen (the default), for non-paged computer screens;
- o tty, for fixed-pitch character grid displays (such as the display used by
- Lynx);
- o tv, for television-type devices with low resolution and limited
- scrollability;
- o projection, for projectors;
- o handheld, for handheld devices (characterized by a small, monochrome display
- and limited bandwidth);
- o print, for output to a printer;
- o braille, for braille tactile feedback devices;
- o aural, for speech synthesizers;
- o all, for all devices.
-
- Script
-
- Script attribute values are client-side scripts, typically a function call or a
- few short statements. The value may contain entities (e.g., ").
-
- StyleSheet
-
- Attribute values of type StyleSheet are style sheet data. The value may contain
- entities.
-
- FrameTarget
-
- Attribute values of type FrameTarget must begin with a letter in the range A-Z
- or a-z, with the exception of the following special values that begin with an
- underscore:
-
- o _blank renders the link in a new, unnamed window
- o _self renders the link in the current frame (useful for overriding a BASE
- TARGET)
- o _parent renders the link in the immediate FRAMESET parent
- o _top renders the link in the full, unframed window
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.2.2. HTML 4.0 Common Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Common Attributes
-
- A number of attributes in HTML 4.0 are common to most elements. These
- attributes are divided into core attributes, internationalization attributes,
- and scripting events.
-
- Core Attributes
-
- ID
-
- The ID attribute uniquely identifies an element within a document. No two
- elements can have the same ID value in a single document. The attribute's value
- must begin with a letter in the range A-Z or a-z and may be followed by letters
- (A-Za-z), digits (0-9), hyphens ("-"), underscores ("_"), colons (":"), and
- periods (".").
-
- The following example uses the ID attribute to identify each of the first two
- paragraphs of a document:
-
- <P ID=firstp>My first paragraph.</P>
- <P ID=secondp>My second paragaph.</P>
-
- The paragraphs in the example could have style rules associated with them
- through their ID attributes. The following Cascading Style Sheet defines unique
- colors for the two paragraphs:
-
- P#firstp {
- color: navy;
- background: transparent
- }
-
- P#secondp {
- color: black;
- background: transparent
- }
-
- The paragraphs in the initial example could also be used as a target anchor for
- links:
-
- <P>See <A HREF="#firstp">the opening paragraph</A>
- for more information.</P>
-
- Note that most browsers do not support the ID attribute for link anchors. For
- current browsers, authors should use <A NAME>...</A> within the element instead
- of ID.
-
- Since ID and NAME share the same name space, authors cannot use the same value
- for an ID attribute and a NAME attribute in the same document. Also note that
- while NAME may contain entities, the ID attribute value may not.
-
- CLASS
-
- The CLASS attribute specifies the element to be a member of one or more
- classes. Classes allow authors to define specific kinds of a given element. For
- example, an author could use <CODE CLASS=Java> when giving Java code and <CODE
- CLASS=Perl> when giving Perl code.
-
- Unlike with the ID attribute, any number of elements can share the same class.
- An element may also belong to multiple classes; the CLASS attribute value is a
- space-separated list of class names.
-
- Note that most current browsers do not support multiple classes. Such browsers
- typically ignore a CLASS attribute that specifies multiple classes.
-
- The CLASS attribute is particularly useful when combined with style sheets .
- For example, consider the following navigation bar:
-
- <DIV CLASS=navbar>
- <P><A HREF="/">Home</A> | <A HREF="./">Index</A> | <A
- HREF="/search.html">Search</A></P>
- <P><A HREF="/"><IMG SRC="logo.gif" ALT="" TITLE="WDG
- Logo"></A></P>
- </DIV>
-
- This example's use of the CLASS attribute allows style rules to easily be
- added. The following Cascading Style Sheet suggests a presentation for the
- preceding example:
-
- .navbar {
- margin-top: 2em;
- padding-top: 1em;
- border-top: solid thin navy
- }
-
- .navbar IMG { float: right }
-
- @media print {
- .navbar { display: none }
- }
-
- STYLE
-
- The STYLE attribute allows authors to specify style rules inline for a single
- occurrence of an element. An example follows:
-
- <P>A popular font for on-screen reading is
- <SPAN STYLE="font-family: Verdana">Verdana</SPAN>.</P>
-
- When the STYLE attribute is used, a default style sheet language must be
- specified for the document by setting the Content-Style-Type HTTP header to the
- media type of the style sheet language. The previous example could use the
- following META element in the document's HEAD:
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
-
- In most cases, use of the CLASS or ID attributes is a better choice than using
- STYLE since ID and CLASS can be selectively applied to different media and
- since they provide a separation of content and presentation that often
- simplifies maintenance.
-
- TITLE
-
- The TITLE attribute provides a title for an element and is commonly implemented
- as a "tooltip" on visual browsers, though many browsers lack support for TITLE.
- The attribute is most useful with A, LINK, IMG, and OBJECT elements, where it
- provides a title for the linked or embedded resource. Some examples follow:
-
- o
-
- <A HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com"
- TITLE="Feedback on HTML 4.0 Reference">
- liam@htmlhelp.com</A>
-
- o
-
- <A HREF="http://www-genome.wi.mit.edu/ftp/pub/software/WWW/cgi_docs.html"
- TITLE="CGI.pm - a Perl5 CGI Library">CGI.pm</A>
-
- o <LINK REL=Alternate HREF="index.fr.html" HREFLANG=fr LANG=fr
- TITLE="Version franЗaise">
-
- o
-
- <OBJECT CLASSID="java:Yahtzee.class"
- CODETYPE="application/java" WIDTH=400 HEIGHT=250
- STANDBY="Ready to play Yahtzee?" TITLE="My Yahtzee Game">
- <IMG SRC="yahtzee.gif" ALT="" TITLE="A Yahtzee animation">
- Yahtzee is my <EM>favorite</EM> game!
- </OBJECT>
-
- TITLE is also helpful with the ABBR and ACRONYM elements to provide the long
- form of the abbreviation. Examples:
-
- o He weighs 180 <ABBR TITLE=pounds>lbs.</ABBR>
- o <ABBR TITLE="Parti QuВbВcois" LANG=fr-CA>PQ</ABBR>
- o <ACRONYM TITLE="North Atlantic Treaty Organization">NATO</ACRONYM>
-
- Internationalization Attributes
-
- LANG
-
- The LANG attribute specifies the language of an element's attribute values and
- its content, including all contained elements that do not specify their own
- LANG attribute. While the LANG attribute is not widely supported, its use may
- help search engines index a document by its language while allowing speech
- synthesizers to use language-dependent pronunciation rules. As well, visual
- browsers can use the language's proper quotation marks when rendering the Q
- element.
-
- The attribute value is case-insensitive, and should be specified according to
- RFC 1766; examples include en for English, en-US for American English, and ja
- for Japanese. Whitespace is not allowed in the language code.
-
- Use of the LANG attribute also allows authors to easily change the style of
- text depending on the language. For example, a bilingual document may have one
- language in italics if rendered visually or a different voice if rendered
- aurally. The HTML of such a document might be as follows:
-
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
- <TITLE>Welcome - Bienvenue</TITLE>
- <H1>
- <SPAN LANG=en>Welcome</SPAN> -
- <SPAN LANG=fr>Bienvenue</SPAN>
- </H1>
- <P LANG=en>This paragraph is in English.</P>
- <P LANG=fr>Ce paragraphe est en franЗais.</P>
- ...
-
- A document's primary language may be set using the LANG attribute on the HTML
- element, or, alternatively, by using the Content-Language HTTP header.
-
- DIR
-
- The DIR attribute specifies the directionality of text--left-to-right (DIR=ltr,
- the default) or right-to-left (DIR=rtl). Characters in Unicode are assigned a
- directionality, left-to-right or right-to-left, to allow the text to be
- rendered properly. For example, while English characters are presented
- left-to-right, Hebrew characters are presented right-to-left.
-
- Unicode defines a bidirectional algorithm that must be applied whenever a
- document contains right-to-left characters. While this algorithm usually gives
- the proper presentation, some situations leave directionally neutral text and
- require the DIR attribute to specify the base directionality.
-
- Text is often directionally neutral when there are multiple embeddings of
- content with a different directionality. For example, an English sentence that
- contains a Hebrew phrase that contains an English quotation would require the
- DIR attribute to define the directionality of the Hebrew phrase. The Hebrew
- phrase, including the English quotation, should be contained within a SPAN
- element with DIR=rtl.
-
- Common Scripting Events
-
- A number of attributes that define client-side scripting events are common to
- most elements. The attribute value is a script--typically a function call or a
- few short statements--that is executed when the event occurs. The value may
- contain entities (e.g., " ).
-
- The following example features JavaScript code to handle two events of a submit
- button, giving the user a reminder in the status bar when the mouse moves over
- the button and clearing the status bar when the mouse moves away. Note that the
- attribute values are delimited by single quotes since double quotes are used
- within them.
-
- <INPUT TYPE=submit ONMOUSEOVER='window.status="Did you fill in
- all required fields?";' ONMOUSEOUT='window.status="";'>
-
- When an event attribute is used, a default scripting language must be specified
- for the document by setting the Content-Script-Type HTTP header to the media
- type of the scripting language. The previous example could use the following
- META element in the document's HEAD:
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Script-Type" CONTENT="text/javascript">
-
- The common event attributes are device-dependent and largely tailored for the
- graphical user interface. The available events are as follows:
-
- o ONCLICK, when the mouse button is clicked on an element;
- o ONDBLCLICK, when the mouse button is double-clicked on an element;
- o ONMOUSEDOWN, when the mouse button is pressed over an element;
- o ONMOUSEUP, when the mouse button is released over an element;
- o ONMOUSEOVER, when the mouse is moved onto an element;
- o ONMOUSEMOVE, when the mouse is moved while over an element;
- o ONMOUSEOUT, when the mouse is moved away from an element;
- o ONKEYPRESS, when a key is pressed and released over an element;
- o ONKEYDOWN, when a key is pressed down over an element;
- o ONKEYUP, when a key is released over an element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.2.2.1. Core Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Core Attributes
-
- ID
-
- The ID attribute uniquely identifies an element within a document. No two
- elements can have the same ID value in a single document. The attribute's value
- must begin with a letter in the range A-Z or a-z and may be followed by letters
- (A-Za-z), digits (0-9), hyphens ("-"), underscores ("_"), colons (":"), and
- periods (".").
-
- The following example uses the ID attribute to identify each of the first two
- paragraphs of a document:
-
- <P ID=firstp>My first paragraph.</P>
- <P ID=secondp>My second paragaph.</P>
-
- The paragraphs in the example could have style rules associated with them
- through their ID attributes. The following Cascading Style Sheet defines unique
- colors for the two paragraphs:
-
- P#firstp {
- color: navy;
- background: transparent
- }
-
- P#secondp {
- color: black;
- background: transparent
- }
-
- The paragraphs in the initial example could also be used as a target anchor for
- links:
-
- <P>See <A HREF="#firstp">the opening paragraph</A>
- for more information.</P>
-
- Note that most browsers do not support the ID attribute for link anchors. For
- current browsers, authors should use <A NAME>...</A> within the element instead
- of ID.
-
- Since ID and NAME share the same name space, authors cannot use the same value
- for an ID attribute and a NAME attribute in the same document. Also note that
- while NAME may contain entities, the ID attribute value may not.
-
- CLASS
-
- The CLASS attribute specifies the element to be a member of one or more
- classes. Classes allow authors to define specific kinds of a given element. For
- example, an author could use <CODE CLASS=Java> when giving Java code and <CODE
- CLASS=Perl> when giving Perl code.
-
- Unlike with the ID attribute, any number of elements can share the same class.
- An element may also belong to multiple classes; the CLASS attribute value is a
- space-separated list of class names.
-
- Note that most current browsers do not support multiple classes. Such browsers
- typically ignore a CLASS attribute that specifies multiple classes.
-
- The CLASS attribute is particularly useful when combined with style sheets .
- For example, consider the following navigation bar:
-
- <DIV CLASS=navbar>
- <P><A HREF="/">Home</A> | <A HREF="./">Index</A> | <A
- HREF="/search.html">Search</A></P>
- <P><A HREF="/"><IMG SRC="logo.gif" ALT="" TITLE="WDG
- Logo"></A></P>
- </DIV>
-
- This example's use of the CLASS attribute allows style rules to easily be
- added. The following Cascading Style Sheet suggests a presentation for the
- preceding example:
-
- .navbar {
- margin-top: 2em;
- padding-top: 1em;
- border-top: solid thin navy
- }
-
- .navbar IMG { float: right }
-
- @media print {
- .navbar { display: none }
- }
-
- STYLE
-
- The STYLE attribute allows authors to specify style rules inline for a single
- occurrence of an element. An example follows:
-
- <P>A popular font for on-screen reading is
- <SPAN STYLE="font-family: Verdana">Verdana</SPAN>.</P>
-
- When the STYLE attribute is used, a default style sheet language must be
- specified for the document by setting the Content-Style-Type HTTP header to the
- media type of the style sheet language. The previous example could use the
- following META element in the document's HEAD:
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
-
- In most cases, use of the CLASS or ID attributes is a better choice than using
- STYLE since ID and CLASS can be selectively applied to different media and
- since they provide a separation of content and presentation that often
- simplifies maintenance.
-
- TITLE
-
- The TITLE attribute provides a title for an element and is commonly implemented
- as a "tooltip" on visual browsers, though many browsers lack support for TITLE.
- The attribute is most useful with A, LINK, IMG, and OBJECT elements, where it
- provides a title for the linked or embedded resource. Some examples follow:
-
- o
-
- <A HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com"
- TITLE="Feedback on HTML 4.0 Reference">
- liam@htmlhelp.com</A>
-
- o
-
- <A HREF="http://www-genome.wi.mit.edu/ftp/pub/software/WWW/cgi_docs.html"
- TITLE="CGI.pm - a Perl5 CGI Library">CGI.pm</A>
-
- o <LINK REL=Alternate HREF="index.fr.html" HREFLANG=fr LANG=fr
- TITLE="Version franЗaise">
-
- o
-
- <OBJECT CLASSID="java:Yahtzee.class"
- CODETYPE="application/java" WIDTH=400 HEIGHT=250
- STANDBY="Ready to play Yahtzee?" TITLE="My Yahtzee Game">
- <IMG SRC="yahtzee.gif" ALT="" TITLE="A Yahtzee animation">
- Yahtzee is my <EM>favorite</EM> game!
- </OBJECT>
-
- TITLE is also helpful with the ABBR and ACRONYM elements to provide the long
- form of the abbreviation. Examples:
-
- o He weighs 180 <ABBR TITLE=pounds>lbs.</ABBR>
- o <ABBR TITLE="Parti QuВbВcois" LANG=fr-CA>PQ</ABBR>
- o <ACRONYM TITLE="North Atlantic Treaty Organization">NATO</ACRONYM>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.2.2.2. Internationalization Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Internationalization Attributes
-
- LANG
-
- The LANG attribute specifies the language of an element's attribute values and
- its content, including all contained elements that do not specify their own
- LANG attribute. While the LANG attribute is not widely supported, its use may
- help search engines index a document by its language while allowing speech
- synthesizers to use language-dependent pronunciation rules. As well, visual
- browsers can use the language's proper quotation marks when rendering the Q
- element.
-
- The attribute value is case-insensitive, and should be specified according to
- RFC 1766; examples include en for English, en-US for American English, and ja
- for Japanese. Whitespace is not allowed in the language code.
-
- Use of the LANG attribute also allows authors to easily change the style of
- text depending on the language. For example, a bilingual document may have one
- language in italics if rendered visually or a different voice if rendered
- aurally. The HTML of such a document might be as follows:
-
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
- <TITLE>Welcome - Bienvenue</TITLE>
- <H1>
- <SPAN LANG=en>Welcome</SPAN> -
- <SPAN LANG=fr>Bienvenue</SPAN>
- </H1>
- <P LANG=en>This paragraph is in English.</P>
- <P LANG=fr>Ce paragraphe est en franЗais.</P>
- ...
-
- A document's primary language may be set using the LANG attribute on the HTML
- element, or, alternatively, by using the Content-Language HTTP header.
-
- DIR
-
- The DIR attribute specifies the directionality of text--left-to-right (DIR=ltr,
- the default) or right-to-left (DIR=rtl). Characters in Unicode are assigned a
- directionality, left-to-right or right-to-left, to allow the text to be
- rendered properly. For example, while English characters are presented
- left-to-right, Hebrew characters are presented right-to-left.
-
- Unicode defines a bidirectional algorithm that must be applied whenever a
- document contains right-to-left characters. While this algorithm usually gives
- the proper presentation, some situations leave directionally neutral text and
- require the DIR attribute to specify the base directionality.
-
- Text is often directionally neutral when there are multiple embeddings of
- content with a different directionality. For example, an English sentence that
- contains a Hebrew phrase that contains an English quotation would require the
- DIR attribute to define the directionality of the Hebrew phrase. The Hebrew
- phrase, including the English quotation, should be contained within a SPAN
- element with DIR=rtl.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.2.2.3. Common Scripting Events ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Common Scripting Events
-
- A number of attributes that define client-side scripting events are common to
- most elements. The attribute value is a script--typically a function call or a
- few short statements--that is executed when the event occurs. The value may
- contain entities (e.g., " ).
-
- The following example features JavaScript code to handle two events of a submit
- button, giving the user a reminder in the status bar when the mouse moves over
- the button and clearing the status bar when the mouse moves away. Note that the
- attribute values are delimited by single quotes since double quotes are used
- within them.
-
- <INPUT TYPE=submit ONMOUSEOVER='window.status="Did you fill in
- all required fields?";' ONMOUSEOUT='window.status="";'>
-
- When an event attribute is used, a default scripting language must be specified
- for the document by setting the Content-Script-Type HTTP header to the media
- type of the scripting language. The previous example could use the following
- META element in the document's HEAD:
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Script-Type" CONTENT="text/javascript">
-
- The common event attributes are device-dependent and largely tailored for the
- graphical user interface. The available events are as follows:
-
- o ONCLICK, when the mouse button is clicked on an element;
- o ONDBLCLICK, when the mouse button is double-clicked on an element;
- o ONMOUSEDOWN, when the mouse button is pressed over an element;
- o ONMOUSEUP, when the mouse button is released over an element;
- o ONMOUSEOVER, when the mouse is moved onto an element;
- o ONMOUSEMOVE, when the mouse is moved while over an element;
- o ONMOUSEOUT, when the mouse is moved away from an element;
- o ONKEYPRESS, when a key is pressed and released over an element;
- o ONKEYDOWN, when a key is pressed down over an element;
- o ONKEYUP, when a key is released over an element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.3. Special Characters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Special Characters
-
- Certain characters in HTML are reserved for use as markup and must be escaped
- to appear literally. The "<" character may be represented with an entity, <.
- Similarly, ">" is escaped as >, and "&" is escaped as &. If an attribute
- value contains a double quotation mark and is delimited by double quotation
- marks, then the quote should be escaped as ".
-
- Other entities exist for special characters that cannot easily be entered with
- some keyboards. For example, the copyright symbol ("Γòò") may be represented with
- the entity ©. See the Entities section for a complete list of HTML┬á4.0
- entities.
-
- As an alternative to entities, authors may also use numeric character
- references. Any character may be represented by a numeric character reference
- based on its "code position" in Unicode. For example, one could use © for
- the copyright symbol or ا for the Arabic letter ALEF.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.4. Comments ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Comments
-
- Comments in HTML have a complicated syntax that can be simplified by following
- this rule: Begin a comment with "<!--", end it with "-->", and do not use "--"
- within the comment.
-
- <!-- An example comment -->
-
-
- ═══ 1.3.5. A Complete HTML 4.0 Document ═══
-
- A Complete HTML 4.0 Document
-
- An HTML 4.0 document begins with a DOCTYPE declaration that declares the
- version of HTML to which the document conforms. The HTML element follows and
- contains the HEAD and BODY. The HEAD contains information about the document,
- such as its title and keywords, while the BODY contains the actual content of
- the document, made up of block-level elements and inline elements. A basic
- HTML 4.0 document takes on the following form:
-
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
- <HTML>
- <HEAD>
- <TITLE>The document title</TITLE>
- </HEAD>
- <BODY>
- <H1>Main heading</H1>
- <P>A paragraph.</P>
- <P>Another paragraph.</P>
- <UL>
- <LI>A list item.</LI>
- <LI>Another list item.</LI>
- </UL>
- </BODY>
- </HTML>
-
- In a Frameset document, the FRAMESET element replaces the BODY element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.6. Validating your HTML ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Validating your HTML
-
- Each HTML document should be validated to check for errors such as missing
- quotation marks (<A HREF="oops.html>Oops</A>), misspelled element or attribute
- names, and invalid structures. Such errors are not always apparent when viewing
- a document in a browser since browsers are designed to recover from an author's
- errors. However, different browsers recover in different ways, sometimes
- resulting in invisible text on one browser but not on others.
-
- The W3C HTML Validation Service checks the validity of HTML 4.0 documents.
-
- Note that some programs claim to be validators but really are not. A validator
- checks a document against a formal document type definition (DTD) while other
- programs such as lints warn about valid but unsafe HTML. Both kinds of programs
- are useful, but validation should never be forgotten.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4. Organizational List of HTML 4.0 Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Elements
-
- The following is an organizational list of all HTML 4.0 elements. An
- alphabetical list is also available.
-
- o Top-level Elements
-
- - HTML - HTML document
-
- o HEAD - Document head
- o BODY - Document body
- o FRAMESET - Frameset
-
- o Head Elements
-
- - BASE - Document base URI
- - ISINDEX - Input prompt
- - LINK - Document relationship
- - META - Metadata
- - SCRIPT - Client-side script
- - STYLE - Embedded style sheet
- - TITLE - Document title
-
- o Generic Block-level Elements
-
- - ADDRESS - Address
- - BLOCKQUOTE - Block quotation
- - CENTER - Centered block
- - DEL - Deleted text
- - DIV - Generic block-level container
- - H1 - Level-one heading
- - H2 - Level-two heading
- - H3 - Level-three heading
- - H4 - Level-four heading
- - H5 - Level-five heading
- - H6 - Level-six heading
- - INS - Inserted text
- - ISINDEX - Input prompt
- - NOSCRIPT - Alternate script content
- - P - Paragraph
- - PRE - Preformatted text
-
- o Lists
-
- - DIR - Directory list
- - DL - Definition list
-
- o DT - Definition term
- o DD - Definition description
-
- - LI - List item
- - MENU - Menu list
- - OL - Ordered list
- - UL - Unordered list
-
- o Tables
-
- - TABLE - Table
-
- o CAPTION - Table caption
- o COLGROUP - Table column group
-
- - COL - Table column
-
- o THEAD - Table head
- o TFOOT - Table foot
- o TBODY - Table body
- o TR - Table row
-
- - TD - Table data cell
- - TH - Table header cell
-
- o Forms
-
- - FORM - Interactive form
-
- o BUTTON - Button
- o FIELDSET - Form control group
-
- - LEGEND - Fieldset caption
-
- o INPUT - Form input
- o LABEL - Form field label
- o SELECT - Option selector
-
- - OPTGROUP - Option group
-
- o OPTION - Menu option
-
- o TEXTAREA - Multi-line text input
-
- o Special Inline Elements
-
- - A - Anchor
- - APPLET - Java applet
- - BASEFONT - Base font change
- - BDO - BiDi override
- - BR - Line break
- - FONT - Font change
- - IFRAME - Inline frame
- - IMG - Inline image
- - MAP - Image map
-
- o AREA - Image map region
-
- - OBJECT - Object
- - PARAM - Object parameter
- - Q - Short quotation
- - SCRIPT - Client-side script
- - SPAN - Generic inline container
- - SUB - Subscript
- - SUP - Superscript
-
- o Phrase Elements
-
- - ABBR - Abbreviation
- - ACRONYM - Acronym
- - CITE - Citation
- - CODE - Computer code
- - DEL - Deleted text
- - DFN - Defined term
- - EM - Emphasis
- - INS - Inserted text
- - KBD - Text to be input
- - SAMP - Sample output
- - STRONG - Strong emphasis
- - VAR - Variable
-
- o Font Style Elements
-
- - B - Bold text
- - BIG - Large text
- - I - Italic text
- - S - Strike-through text
- - SMALL - Small text
- - STRIKE - Strike-through text
- - TT - Teletype text
- - U - Underlined text
-
- o Frames
-
- - FRAMESET - Frameset
-
- o FRAME - Frame
-
- - NOFRAMES - Frames alternate content
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.1. HTML 4.0 Top-Level Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Top-Level Elements
-
- o HTML - HTML document
-
- - HEAD - Document head
- - BODY - Document body
- - FRAMESET - Frameset
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.2. HTML 4.0 Head Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Head Elements
-
- o BASE - Document base URI
- o ISINDEX - Input prompt
- o LINK - Document relationship
- o META - Metadata
- o SCRIPT - Client-side script
- o STYLE - Embedded style sheet
- o TITLE - Document title
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.3. HTML 4.0 Generic Block-level Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Generic Block-level Elements
-
- o ADDRESS - Address
- o BLOCKQUOTE - Block quotation
- o CENTER - Centered block
- o DEL - Deleted text
- o DIV - Generic block-level container
- o H1 - Level-one heading
- o H2 - Level-two heading
- o H3 - Level-three heading
- o H4 - Level-four heading
- o H5 - Level-five heading
- o H6 - Level-six heading
- o INS - Inserted text
- o ISINDEX - Input prompt
- o NOSCRIPT - Alternate script content
- o P - Paragraph
- o PRE - Preformatted text
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.4. HTML 4.0 List Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- List Elements
-
- o DIR - Directory list
- o DL - Definition list
-
- - DT - Definition term
- - DD - Definition description
-
- o LI - List item
- o MENU - Menu list
- o OL - Ordered list
- o UL - Unordered list
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.5. HTML 4.0 Table Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Table Elements
-
- o TABLE - Table
-
- - CAPTION - Table caption
- - COLGROUP - Table column group
-
- o COL - Table column
-
- - THEAD - Table head
- - TFOOT - Table foot
- - TBODY - Table body
- - TR - Table row
-
- o TD - Table data cell
- o TH - Table header cell
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.6. HTML 4.0 Form Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Form Elements
-
- o FORM - Interactive form
-
- - BUTTON - Button
- - FIELDSET - Form control group
-
- o LEGEND - Fieldset caption
-
- - INPUT - Form input
- - LABEL - Form field label
- - SELECT - Option selector
-
- o OPTGROUP - Option group
-
- - OPTION - Menu option
-
- - TEXTAREA - Multi-line text input
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.7. HTML 4.0 Special Inline Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Special Inline Elements
-
- o A - Anchor
- o APPLET - Java applet
- o BASEFONT - Base font change
- o BDO - BiDi override
- o BR - Line break
- o FONT - Font change
- o IFRAME - Inline frame
- o IMG - Inline image
- o MAP - Image map
-
- - AREA - Image map region
-
- o OBJECT - Object
- o PARAM - Object parameter
- o Q - Short quotation
- o SCRIPT - Client-side script
- o SPAN - Generic inline container
- o SUB - Subscript
- o SUP - Superscript
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.8. HTML 4.0 Phrase Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Phrase Elements
-
- o ABBR - Abbreviation
- o ACRONYM - Acronym
- o CITE - Citation
- o CODE - Computer code
- o DEL - Deleted text
- o DFN - Defined term
- o EM - Emphasis
- o INS - Inserted text
- o KBD - Text to be input
- o SAMP - Sample output
- o STRONG - Strong emphasis
- o VAR - Variable
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.9. HTML 4.0 Font Style Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Font Style Elements
-
- o B - Bold text
- o BIG - Large text
- o I - Italic text
- o S - Strike-through text
- o SMALL - Small text
- o STRIKE - Strike-through text
- o TT - Teletype text
- o U - Underlined text
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4.10. HTML 4.0 Frames ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Frames
-
- Frames allow an author to display multiple documents in a single window that is
- divided into rectangular subspaces called frames. Visual browsers allow these
- frames to be scrolled independently of each other, and links can be loaded in a
- frame without changing the content of other frames.
-
- The HTML 4.0 frames model has significant flaws that make frames hated by many
- users. Frames should only be used with great care; see the Guide to frames
- usage for some guidelines on suitable use of frames.
-
- In a Frameset document, the outermost FRAMESET element takes the place of BODY
- and immediately follows the HEAD. Contained within the FRAMESET element are
- FRAME elements that define each frame, other FRAMESET elements for complex
- layouts, and a NOFRAMES element to provide alternate content for browsers with
- frames disabled or not supported.
-
- o FRAMESET - Frameset
-
- - FRAME - Frame
-
- o NOFRAMES - Frames alternate content
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5. Alphabetical List of HTML 4.0 Elements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML 4.0 Elements
-
- The following is an alphabetical list of all HTML 4.0 elements. An
- organizational list is also available.
-
- o A - Anchor
- o ABBR - Abbreviation
- o ACRONYM - Acronym
- o ADDRESS - Address
- o APPLET - Java applet
- o AREA - Image map region
- o B - Bold text
- o BASE - Document base URI
- o BASEFONT - Base font change
- o BDO - BiDi override
- o BIG - Large text
- o BLOCKQUOTE - Block quotation
- o BODY - Document body
- o BR - Line break
- o BUTTON - Button
- o CAPTION - Table caption
- o CENTER - Centered block
- o CITE - Citation
- o CODE - Computer code
- o COL - Table column
- o COLGROUP - Table column group
- o DD - Definition description
- o DEL - Deleted text
- o DFN - Defined term
- o DIR - Directory list
- o DIV - Generic block-level container
- o DL - Definition list
- o DT - Definition term
- o EM - Emphasis
- o FIELDSET - Form control group
- o FONT - Font change
- o FORM - Interactive form
- o FRAME - Frame
- o FRAMESET - Frameset
- o H1 - Level-one heading
- o H2 - Level-two heading
- o H3 - Level-three heading
- o H4 - Level-four heading
- o H5 - Level-five heading
- o H6 - Level-six heading
- o HEAD - Document head
- o HR - Horizontal rule
- o HTML - HTML document
-
- - DOCTYPE
-
- o I - Italic text
- o IFRAME - Inline frame
- o IMG - Inline image
- o INPUT - Form input
- o INS - Inserted text
- o ISINDEX - Input prompt
- o KBD - Text to be input
- o LABEL - Form field label
- o LEGEND - Fieldset caption
- o LI - List item
- o LINK - Document relationship
- o MAP - Image map
- o MENU - Menu list
- o META - Metadata
- o NOFRAMES - Frames alternate content
- o NOSCRIPT - Alternate script content
- o OBJECT - Object
- o OL - Ordered list
- o OPTGROUP - Option group
- o OPTION - Menu option
- o P - Paragraph
- o PARAM - Object parameter
- o PRE - Preformatted text
- o Q - Short quotation
- o S - Strike-through text
- o SAMP - Sample output
- o SCRIPT - Client-side script
- o SELECT - Option selector
- o SMALL - Small text
- o SPAN - Generic inline container
- o STRIKE - Strike-through text
- o STRONG - Strong emphasis
- o STYLE - Embedded style sheet
- o SUB - Subscript
- o SUP - Superscript
- o TABLE - Table
- o TBODY - Table body
- o TD - Table data cell
- o TEXTAREA - Multi-line text input
- o TFOOT - Table foot
- o TH - Table header cell
- o THEAD - Table head
- o TITLE - Document title
- o TR - Table row
- o TT - Teletype text
- o U - Underlined text
- o UL - Unordered list
- o VAR - Variable
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.1. A - Anchor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- A - Anchor
-
- Syntax
- <A>...</A>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o HREF= URI (hypertext reference)
- o NAME= CDATA (named link destination)
- o REL= LinkTypes (relationship to link)
- o REV= LinkTypes (relationship from link)
- o TYPE= ContentType (content-type of link)
- o TARGET= FrameTarget (frame to render link in)
- o HREFLANG= LanguageCode (language of link)
- o CHARSET= Charset (character encoding of link)
- o ACCESSKEY= Character (shortcut key)
- o TABINDEX= Number (position in tabbing order)
- o SHAPE=[ rect | circle | poly | default ] (client-side image map)
- o COORDS=Coords (client-side image map)
- o ONFOCUS= Script (element received focus)
- o ONBLUR= Script (element lost focus)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements except A
-
- Contained in
- Block-level elements, inline elements except A
-
- The A element denotes an anchor--a hypertext link or the destination of a
- link. The HREF attribute specifies a hypertext link to another resource, such
- as an HTML document or a JPEG image. Examples:
-
- <A HREF="album.html">My photo album</A>
-
- <A HREF="images/me.jpg">Picture of me</A>
-
- <A HREF="/sounds/auldlang.mid" TYPE="audio/midi"
- ACCESSKEY=A>Auld Lang Syne (5 kB MIDI)</A>
-
- <A HREF="section2.html" TARGET="content"
- TITLE="Elements of the HEAD" REL=next>Section 2</A>
-
- <A HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com"
- TITLE="Feedback on HTML 4.0 Reference">liam@htmlhelp.com</A>
-
- <A HREF="http://www.htmlhelp.com/"
- TARGET="_top">Web Design Group</A>
-
- <A
- HREF="http://babel.alis.com:8080/langues/iso639.zh.htm"
- CHARSET="big5" HREFLANG=zh>ISO 639</A>
-
- The value of the HREF attribute is the URI of the link. The TYPE attribute
- can be used to specify the Internet media type of the link, allowing browsers
- to avoid fetching a resource that they cannot handle.
-
- The TITLE attribute can be used to briefly describe the contents of the link
- and is rendered as a "tooltip" by some visual browsers. With mailto links,
- some browsers use the TITLE attribute value as a subject for the e-mail
- message.
-
- The content of an A element used as a link should be as context-free as
- possible. In other words, a user should be able to pull all A elements from a
- document and still have an idea what lies behind each link. Link text that
- contains Click here or simply here is extremely bad form.
-
- The TARGET attribute is used with frames to specify in which frame the link
- should be rendered. If no frame with such a name exists, the link is rendered
- in a new window unless overridden by the user. Special frame names begin with
- an underscore:
-
- o _blank renders the link in a new, unnamed window
- o _self renders the link in the current frame (useful for overriding a BASE
- TARGET)
- o _parent renders the link in the immediate FRAMESET parent
- o _top renders the link in the full, unframed window
-
- The optional HREFLANG and CHARSET attributes give the language and character
- encoding, respectively, of the link. The language should be specified
- according to RFC 1766; examples include en for English, en-US for American
- English, and ja for Japanese. Examples of character encodings include
- ISO-8859-1, SHIFT_JIS, and UTF-8.
-
- The ACCESSKEY attribute specifies a single Unicode character as a shortcut key
- for following the link. Entities (e.g. é) may be used as the ACCESSKEY
- value.
-
- The TABINDEX attribute specifies a number between 0 and 32767 to indicate the
- tabbing order of the element. An anchor with TABINDEX=0 or no TABINDEX
- attribute will be visited after any elements with a positive TABINDEX. Among
- positive TABINDEX values, the lower number receives focus first. In the case
- of a tie, the element appearing first in the HTML document takes precedence.
-
- The REL and REV attributes define relationships between an anchor and the
- linked resource. REL defines a link relationship from the current document to
- the linked document while REV defines a relationship in the opposite
- direction. For example,
-
- <A HREF="foo.html" REL=glossary>...</A>
-
- indicates that foo.html is a glossary for the current document while
-
- <A HREF="bar.html" REV=subsection>...</A>
-
- indicates that the current document is a subsection of bar.html. The value of
- the REL and REV attributes is a space-separated list of link types.
-
- The NAME attribute defines a destination for a link. For example, a document
- containing
-
- <H1><A NAME=foo>My Heading</A></H1>
-
- defines a link destination named "foo" at the indicated heading. One could
- then use HREF="#foo" in an A element within the same document or
- HREF="somedoc.html#foo" from within another document.
-
- An A element cannot contain another A element, so one must be careful that
- named anchors do not contain link anchors. Authors can use both the NAME and
- HREF attributes in a single A element to avoid this problem.
-
- HTML 4.0's ID attribute is intended to eliminate the need for A NAME. The ID
- attribute can be used with almost any element to define a link destination, so
- that the following could be used in place of the previous example:
-
- <H1 ID=foo>My heading</H1>
-
- However, browser support for ID link destinations is very poor, so A NAME
- will be needed for quite awhile.
-
- NAME and ID values must be unique in any document, and different values must
- differ by more than just the case. Values must begin with a letter in the
- range A-Z or a-z, and may be followed by A-Z, a-z, 0-9, hyphens, underscores,
- colons, or periods. When linking to a named anchor, the name is treated as
- case sensitive.
-
- The SHAPE and COORDS attributes of A can be used to create client-side image
- maps via the OBJECT element. The default SHAPE value is rect, which
- defines a rectangular region using COORDS="left, top, right, bottom". Other
- SHAPE values are
-
- o default, which specifies the entire image;
- o circle, which specifies a circular region using COORDS="center-x, center-y,
- radius";
- o poly, which specifies a polygonal region using COORDS="x1, y1, x2, y2, ...,
- xN, yN".
-
- Coordinate values are relative to the top left corner of the object and may be
- expressed as pixels or percentages. A percentage radius value for circular
- regions is calculated relative to the smaller of the object's width and height.
- If two or more regions overlap, the earliest specified region takes precedence.
-
- In addition to the core events common to most elements, A accepts the
- following event attributes for client-side scripting:
-
- o ONFOCUS, when the link receives focus;
- o ONBLUR, when the link loses focus.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.2. ABBR - Abbreviation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ABBR - Abbreviation
-
- Syntax
- <ABBR>...</ABBR>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The ABBR element is used to markup abbreviations. The TITLE attribute is
- useful in conjunction with ABBR to give the long form of the abbreviation,
- allowing visual browsers to provide the long form as a "tooltip". If the short
- form is a pronounceable word, the ACRONYM element should be used instead of
- ABBR.
-
- Examples:
-
- <ABBR TITLE="United Nations">U.N.</ABBR>
-
- He weighs 180 <ABBR TITLE=pounds>lbs.</ABBR>
-
- <ABBR TITLE="Parti Quщbщcois" LANG=fr-CA>PQ</ABBR>
-
- <ACRONYM TITLE="North Atlantic Treaty
- Organization">NATO</ACRONYM>
-
- Some short forms, such as "SQL" and "URL," are pronounced as words by some but
- pronounced letter-by-letter by others. In such cases, the ABBR element should
- be favored over ACRONYM. A style sheet could be used to suggest the aural
- rendering. For example, one could use
-
- <ABBR TITLE="Uniform Resource Locator">URL</ABBR>
-
- with the following CSS2 style sheet:
-
- abbr[title="Uniform Resource Locator"] { speak: spell-out }
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.3. ACRONYM - Acronym ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Syntax
- <ACRONYM>...</ACRONYM>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The ACRONYM element is used to markup acronyms. The TITLE attribute is
- useful in conjunction with ACRONYM to give the long form of the acronym,
- allowing visual browsers to provide the long form as a "tooltip". Examples:
-
- <ACRONYM TITLE="North Atlantic Treaty
- Organization">NATO</ACRONYM>
-
- <ACRONYM TITLE="radio detecting and ranging">radar</ACRONYM>
-
- <ABBR TITLE="Federal Bureau of Investigation">FBI</ABBR>
-
- Unlike other kinds of abbreviations, acronyms are pronounceable words, though
- in some cases the pronunciation is strictly a presentation issue. For example,
- "SQL" and "URL" are pronounced as words by some people and pronounced
- letter-by-letter by others. In such cases, authors should use the ABBR
- element, possibly with a style sheet rule specifying the pronunciation for
- aural rendering.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.4. ADDRESS - Address ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ADDRESS - Contact Information
-
- Syntax
- <ADDRESS>...</ADDRESS>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
-
- o In HTML 4.0 Strict: inline elements
- o In HTML 4.0 Transitional: inline elements, P
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The ADDRESS element provides contact information for a document or part of a
- document. Information provided by ADDRESS may include the names of the
- document's maintainers, links to the maintainers' Web pages, e-mail addresses
- for feedback, postal addresses, phone numbers, and so on. The ADDRESS element
- is not appropriate for all postal and e-mail addresses; it should be reserved
- for providing such information about the contact people for the document.
-
- The following example, most appropriate at the end of a document, gives contact
- information about the maintainer:
-
- <ADDRESS>
- Maintained by <A HREF="/%7Eliam/">Liam Quinn</A> <
- <A HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com">liam@htmlhelp.com</A>>
- </ADDRESS>
-
- ADDRESS can also be used to provide contact information for a portion of a
- document, typically a form. The next example gives users contact information
- to use in conjunction with an order form:
-
- <FORM METHOD=post ACTION="/cgi-bin/order.cgi">
-
- <FIELDSET>
- <LEGEND ACCESSKEY=C>Credit Card Information<BR></LEGEND>
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=V>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME=card VALUE=visa> Visa
- </LABEL>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=M>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME=card VALUE=mc> MasterCard
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=N>
- Number: <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=number>
- </LABEL>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=E>
- Expiry: <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=expiry>
- </LABEL>
- </P>
- </FIELDSET>
- <P>
- <INPUT TYPE=submit VALUE="Submit order" ACCESSKEY=S>
- </P>
-
- <ADDRESS>
- If you have any questions about ordering, contact us at
- <A HREF="mailto:orders@htmlhelp.com">orders@htmlhelp.com</A>,
- or phone our offices at 555-5555.
- </ADDRESS>
-
- </FORM>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.5. APPLET - Java applet ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- APPLET - Java Applet
-
- Syntax
- <APPLET>...</APPLET>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o CODE= CDATA (class file)
- o CODEBASE= URI (base URI for class files)
- o WIDTH= Length (applet width)
- o HEIGHT= Length (applet height)
- o ARCHIVE= CDATA (archive files)
- o OBJECT= CDATA (serialized applet)
- o NAME= CDATA (name for inter-applet communication)
- o ALT= Text (alternate text)
- o ALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | left | right ] (applet alignment)
- o HSPACE= Pixels (horizontal gutter)
- o VSPACE= Pixels (vertical gutter)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- PARAM elements followed by block-level elements and/or inline
- elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements except PRE
-
- The APPLET element is used to embed Java applets. It has been deprecated in
- HTML 4.0 in favor of the more generalized OBJECT element. However, since the
- few browsers that support OBJECT do so with significant bugs, APPLET is
- currently a more reliable method of embedding Java applets.
-
- APPLET's CODE attribute specifies the name of the class file that contains the
- compiled Applet subclass. The value is relative to the URI specified in the
- CODEBASE attribute, or to the HTML document's base URI if the CODEBASE
- attribute is not given.
-
- The required WIDTH and HEIGHT attributes define the dimensions of the applet.
- The value may be given in pixels or as a percentage of the parent element's
- width or height.
-
- The ALT attribute can be used to give alternate text for browsers that
- recognize the APPLET element but do not support Java or do not have Java
- enabled. Authors can also give alternate content between the start and end
- tags of the APPLET element--a better method than using the ALT attribute
- since it allows authors to include HTML markup in the alternate content and
- also works with pre- HTML 3.2 browsers that do not support APPLET.
-
- An APPLET may contain PARAM elements to define applet-specific parameters.
- PARAM elements should be specified before any other content of the APPLET
- element. In the following example, a decorative Java applet takes two
- parameters. The APPLET contains an animated GIF as an alternative for non-Java
- browsers.
-
- <APPLET CODE="Animate.class" WIDTH=100 HEIGHT=100>
- <PARAM NAME=img1 VALUE="/images/1.jpg">
- <PARAM NAME=img2 VALUE="/images/2.jpg">
- <IMG SRC="animation.gif" ALT="" WIDTH=100 HEIGHT=100>
- </APPLET>
-
- The ARCHIVE attribute can specify a comma-separated list of archived files
- (either absolute URIs or URIs relative to the CODEBASE), allowing the browser
- to download many files with a single connection and hence decreasing the total
- download time. The standard archive format for Java files is JAR. JAR files
- can be created with the jar tool included with the Java Development Kit 1.1
- and up.
-
- Note that some browsers do not support the ARCHIVE attribute, so all necessary
- files should be available unarchived as well. Other browsers only support a
- single URI as the ARCHIVE value.
-
- The OBJECT attribute specifies a serialized (saved) representation of an
- applet. The CODE attribute should not be used if and only if the OBJECT
- attribute is specified. When the applet is deserialized, its init() method is
- not invoked, but its start() method is. Sun recommends restraint in using
- this poorly supported feature.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the alignment of the applet. The values top,
- middle, and bottom specify the applet's position with respect to surrounding
- content on its left and right.
-
- ALIGN=middle aligns the center of the applet with the current baseline. To
- center the applet horizontally on the page, place the applet in a centered
- block, e.g.,
-
- <P ALIGN=center><APPLET CODE="Game.class" WIDTH=300
- HEIGHT=100></APPLET></P>
-
- The other ALIGN values, left and right, specify a floating applet; the
- applet is placed at the left or right margin and content flows around it. To
- place content below the applet, use <BR CLEAR=left|right|all> as appropriate.
-
- The vertical-align and float properties of Cascading Style Sheets provide
- more flexible methods of aligning applets.
-
- The HSPACE and VSPACE attributes allow an author to suggest horizontal
- gutters and vertical gutters, respectively, around the applet. The value must
- be in pixels and applies to both sides of the applet. Style sheets provide
- more flexibility in specifying the space around applets.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.6. AREA - Image map region ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- AREA - Image Map Region
-
- Syntax
- <AREA>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SHAPE=[ rect | circle | poly | default ] (shape of region)
- o COORDS=Coords (coordinates of region)
- o HREF= URI (linked resource)
- o TARGET= FrameTarget (frame to render link in)
- o NOHREF (inactive region)
- o ALT= Text (alternate text)
- o TABINDEX= Number (position in tabbing order)
- o ONFOCUS= Script (region received focus)
- o ONBLUR= Script (region lost focus)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- MAP
-
- The AREA element defines a map region in a client-side image map. Each map
- region is a piece of the image with a different action when clicked.
-
- The SHAPE and COORDS attributes of AREA specify what part of the image is
- included in the region. The default SHAPE value is rect, which defines a
- rectangular region using COORDS="left, top, right, bottom". Other SHAPE
- values are
-
- o default, which specifies the entire image;
- o circle, which specifies a circular region using COORDS="center-x, center-y,
- radius";
- o poly, which specifies a polygonal region using COORDS="x1, y1, x2, y2, ...,
- xN, yN".
-
- Coordinate values are relative to the top left corner of the object and may be
- expressed as pixels or percentages. A percentage radius value for circular
- regions is calculated relative to the smaller of the object's width and height.
- If two or more regions overlap, the earliest specified region takes precedence.
-
- The HREF attribute specifies a link to another resource, such as an HTML
- document or a JPEG image. The TITLE attribute can be used to briefly
- describe the contents of the link and is rendered as a "tooltip" by some visual
- browsers. The boolean NOHREF attribute indicates that the region has no link.
-
- The required ALT attribute provides alternate text for those not loading
- images. Effective ALT text should generally give the function of the map
- region rather than a description of the region. For example, ALT="WDG Home"
- or ALT="Web Design Group" would be more appropriate than ALT="WDG Logo" for a
- map region whose link went to the WDG home page. Good ALT text is crucial to
- the document's accessibility for the significant portion of users who do not
- load images.
-
- The TARGET attribute is used with frames to specify in which frame the link
- should be rendered. If no frame with such a name exists, the link is rendered
- in a new window unless overridden by the user. Special frame names begin with
- an underscore:
-
- o _blank renders the link in a new, unnamed window
- o _self renders the link in the current frame (useful for overriding a BASE
- TARGET)
- o _parent renders the link in the immediate FRAMESET parent
- o _top renders the link in the full, unframed window
-
- The ACCESSKEY attribute specifies a single Unicode character as a shortcut key
- for following the link. Entities (e.g. é) may be used as the ACCESSKEY
- value.
-
- The TABINDEX attribute specifies a number between 0 and 32767 to indicate the
- tabbing order of the map region. A region with TABINDEX=0 or no TABINDEX
- attribute will be visited after any elements with a positive TABINDEX. Among
- positive TABINDEX values, the lower number receives focus first. In the case
- of a tie, the element appearing first in the HTML document takes precedence.
-
- In addition to the core events common to most elements, AREA accepts the
- following event attributes for client-side scripting:
-
- o ONFOCUS, when the region receives focus;
- o ONBLUR, when the region loses focus.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.7. B - Bold Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- B - Bold Text
-
- Syntax
- <B>...</B>
-
- Attribute Specifications
- common attributes"
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The B element suggests that text be rendered as bold text. In most cases, use
- of a phrase element such as STRONG is more appropriate since such elements
- express the meaning of the text more clearly.
-
- The B element is a suitable choice for marking a structure for which no phrase
- element exists. For example, vectors in mathematics have no structural element
- in HTML 4.0, but bold text is often an appropriate visual rendering:
-
- If two vectors <B CLASS=vector>v</B> and
- <B CLASS=vector>w</B> are orthogonal, we write
- <B CLASS=vector>v</B>┬á⊥┬á<B CLASS=vector>w</B>.
-
- Note the use of the CLASS attribute to add structural significance to the B
- elements. This allows greater flexibility when applying style sheets to
- different kinds of bold text.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.8. BASE - Document base URI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BASE - Document Base URI
-
- Syntax
- <BASE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o HREF= URI (base URI reference)
- o TARGET= FrameTarget (frame to render links in)
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- HEAD
-
- The BASE element defines the document's base URI for resolving relative URIs
- contained within the document. A document cannot contain more than one BASE
- element. When present, the BASE element must appear in the HEAD, prior to any
- elements that include a partial URI.
-
- BASE's HREF attribute, required in HTML 4.0 Strict, specifies the absolute URI
- used to resolve relative URIs. See Using Relative URLs for more details on
- using and resolving relative URIs.
-
- Most Web pages do not require an explicit base URI since the document's URI
- is a suitable base. An explicit base URI is only required when the same
- document may be accessed at different URIs or when the document has no URI
- (e.g., sending an HTML document by e-mail).
-
- The TARGET attribute is used with frames to specify in which frame all links
- in document should be rendered by default. The target frame specified by BASE
- can be overridden by a given link using the link's TARGET attribute.
-
- If no frame with the specified target name exists, the links are rendered in a
- new window unless overridden by the user. Special frame names begin with an
- underscore:
-
- o _blank renders the links in a new, unnamed window
- o _self renders the links in the current frame
- o _parent renders the links in the immediate FRAMESET parent
- o _top renders the links in the full, unframed window
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.9. BASEFONT - Base font change ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BASEFONT - Base Font Change
-
- Syntax
- <BASEFONT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SIZE= CDATA (font size adjustment)
- o COLOR= Color (font color adjustment)
- o FACE= CDATA (font face adjustment)
- o ID= ID (unique ID)
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements except PRE
-
- The BASEFONT element, deprecated in HTML 4.0 in favor of style sheets, allows
- authors to suggest rudimentary font changes. Use of the BASEFONT element
- brings the same usability and accessibility problems as FONT, as discussed in
- the article What's Wrong With FONT?
-
- Unlike FONT, BASEFONT's changes affect the base font, and so apply to all
- content following the BASEFONT element except for headings. However, most
- browsers fail to apply changes in the base font size and color to TABLEs.
-
- BASEFONT's required SIZE attribute specifies the font size to use on a
- browser-dependent scale of 1 to 7, with the default being 3.
-
- The poorly supported COLOR and FACE attributes suggest a font color and face,
- respectively. Style sheets are better supported and more flexible than
- BASEFONT's COLOR and FACE attributes.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.10. BDO - BiDi override ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BDO - BiDi Override
-
- Syntax
- <BDO>...</BDO>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o DIR=[ ltr | rtl ] (directionality of text)
- o LANG= LanguageCode (language of text)
- o core attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The BDO element overrides the bidirectional algorithm for the enclosed text.
- Characters in Unicode are assigned a directionality, left-to-right or
- right-to-left, to allow the text to be rendered properly. For example, while
- English characters are presented left-to-right, Hebrew characters are presented
- right-to-left.
-
- Unicode defines a bidirectional algorithm that must be applied whenever a
- document contains right-to-left characters. While this algorithm usually gives
- the proper presentation, occasionally authors must override the bidirectional
- algorithm and specify the directionality of the text. One such case is when
- Hebrew characters are stored in visual order, where the first character of a
- word is after the second character. Unicode assumes that the characters are
- stored in logical order, where the first character of a word is before the
- second character, so the bidirectional algorithm would result in a rendering
- with the first character incorrectly to the left of the second character.
-
- The BDO element requires the DIR attribute to specify the directionality of
- the enclosed text. If a document contains Hebrew characters stored in visual
- order, one should use <BDO DIR=ltr>text</BDO> to force the proper presentation
- for that text.
-
- Authors may alternatively override the bidirectional algorithm using the
- Unicode character to force left-to-right directionality or
- to force right-to-left directionality. The character ends the
- overriding of the algorithm. These characters should not be used in combination
- with the DIR attribute.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.11. BIG - Large text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BIG - Large Font
-
- Syntax
- <BIG>...</BIG>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements except PRE
-
- The BIG element suggests that text be rendered in a larger font. In most cases,
- use of a structural element such as STRONG or a heading (e.g., H3) is more
- appropriate since these elements express the meaning of the text more clearly.
- One can suggest that STRONG text be rendered in a larger font with the
- following Cascading Style Sheet:
-
- STRONG { font-size: larger }
-
- Most browsers support nested BIG elements, but authors should be wary of making
- significant changes to the font size. Different users have different font
- sizes, eyesight, and window sizes. Large changes in font size may look right to
- the author but ridiculous to some users.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.12. BLOCKQUOTE - Block quotation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BLOCKQUOTE - Block Quotation
-
- Syntax
- <BLOCKQUOTE>...</BLOCKQUOTE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o CITE= URI (source of quotation)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
-
- o In HTML 4.0 Strict: one or more block-level elements or SCRIPT
- o In HTML 4.0 Transitional: inline elements or block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The BLOCKQUOTE element defines a block quotation. Unlike inline quotations,
- block quotations may contain block-level elements such as P and TABLE, but
- BLOCKQUOTE may not be contained within a paragraph or inline element.
-
- The optional CITE attribute of BLOCKQUOTE provides the URI of the source of
- the quotation. This attribute, not widely supported among browsers, allows
- readers to verify the authenticity of the quotation and also find related
- information.
-
- The content of the BLOCKQUOTE element should be contained within other
- block-level elements, typically P. The following example features a quotation
- that includes multiple paragraphs and its own block quotation:
-
- <BLOCKQUOTE
- CITE="http://www.bibliomania.com/Fiction/joyce/ulysses/telemac.html">
- <P>
- He pointed his finger in friendly jest and went over to the parapet, laughing
- to himself. Stephen Dedalus stepped up, followed him wearily half way and
- sat down on the edge of the gunrest, watching him still as he propped his mirror
- on the parapet, dipped the brush in the bowl and lathered cheeks and
- neck.</P> <P>Buck Mulligan's gay voice went on.
- </P>
- <BLOCKQUOTE>
- <P>
- My name is absurd too: Malachi Mulligan, two dactyls.
- But it has a Hellenic ring, hasn't it? Tripping and sunny like the buck
- himself. We must go to Athens. Will you come if I can get the aunt to
- fork out twenty quid?
- </P>
- </BLOCKQUOTE>
- </BLOCKQUOTE>
-
- Authors should not use BLOCKQUOTE for unquoted material just to achieve a
- block indentation in common visual browsers. With the rise of style sheets,
- such misuse of BLOCKQUOTE will become less reliable while also reducing the
- author's ability to fully exploit the power of style sheets. Cascading Style
- Sheets provide the margin-left property to indent a block.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.13. BODY - Document body ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BODY - Document Body
-
- Syntax
- <BODY>...</BODY>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o BACKGROUND= URI (background image for document)
- o BGCOLOR= Color (background color for document)
- o TEXT= Color (text color for document)
- o LINK= Color (link color for document)
- o VLINK= Color (visited link color for document)
- o ALINK= Color (active link color for document)
- o ONLOAD= Script (document has been loaded)
- o ONUNLOAD= Script (document has been exited)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
-
- o In HTML 4.0 Strict: one or more block-level elements or SCRIPT, INS, DEL
- o In HTML 4.0 Transitional: inline elements, block-level elements, INS, DEL
-
- Contained in
-
- o In HTML 4.0 Strict or Transitional: HTML
- o In HTML 4.0 Frameset: NOFRAMES
-
- The BODY element contains the document body. BODY is required in non-frames
- documents, but its start and end tags are always optional. In frames
- documents, BODY must be contained within the NOFRAMES element, if NOFRAMES
- is used.
-
- The BODY element contains the document's content. The content should be
- contained within block-level elements or SCRIPT elements, though HTML 4.0
- Transitional also allows inline elements directly within BODY.
-
- BODY takes a number of attributes for specifying the background and colors of
- the document on visual browsers. These attributes are deprecated in HTML 4.0
- in favor of style sheets, which provide greater flexibility in suggesting the
- presentation of a document. BGCOLOR suggests a background color, TEXT
- suggests a text color, LINK suggests a link color, VLINK suggests a visited
- link color, and ACTIVE suggests an active link color (when the link is
- selected). If one of these attributes is given, then all of them should be
- included to ensure that the user's chosen colors do not interfere with those
- suggested in the <BODY> tag. Authors should not rely on the specified colors
- being used since browsers allow these colors to be overridden by the user.
-
- The BACKGROUND attribute suggests a background image for tiling on the
- document canvas. To help ensure a readable document, the BGCOLOR, TEXT, LINK,
- VLINK, and ALINK attributes should always be included when BACKGROUND is
- given. The BGCOLOR will be used for those not loading images.
-
- Style sheets allow more flexibility in suggesting a background image,
- including the ability to specify the position of the image, how the image is
- tiled, and whether the image should scroll with the document.
-
- In addition to the core events common to most elements, BODY accepts the
- following event attributes for client-side scripting:
-
- o ONLOAD, when the document has been loaded;
- o ONUNLOAD, when the document is exited.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.14. BR - Line break ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BR - Line Break
-
- Syntax
- <BR>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o CLEAR=[ left | all | right | none ] (clear floating objects)
- o core attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The BR element forces a break in the current line of text. BR can be useful
- in formatting addresses within the ADDRESS element, but it is often misused
- to break lines of text in a paragraph or table cell when it looks "nice" to the
- author. This usually results in an awkward presentation when viewed with a
- font size other than that used by the author.
-
- The CLEAR attribute of BR is used to move below floating objects (typically
- images or tables). In the following example, the second paragraph should be
- rendered below the floating image:
-
- <P>
- <IMG SRC="toronto.jpg" ALIGN=left ALT="" TITLE="Toronto's CN Tower">
- Toronto is the largest city in Canada and the fourth largest in North
- America.
- </P>
- <BR CLEAR=left>
- <P>The city is highly multicultural, with over 80 ethnic
- communities from Africa, Asia, and Europe...
-
- Style sheets provide more flexibility in controlling text flow around objects
- and eliminate the need to use BR for this purpose since CSS1's clear property
- can be applied to any element (such as the second paragraph in the preceding
- example).
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.15. BUTTON - Button ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- BUTTON - Button
-
- Syntax
- <BUTTON>...</BUTTON>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o NAME= CDATA (key in submitted form)
- o VALUE= CDATA (value in submitted form)
- o TYPE=[ submit | reset | button ] (type of button)
- o DISABLED (disable button)
- o ACCESSKEY= Character (shortcut key)
- o TABINDEX= Number (position in tabbing order)
- o ONFOCUS= Script (element received focus)
- o ONBLUR= Script (element lost focus)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
-
- o Inline elements except A, INPUT, SELECT, TEXTAREA, LABEL, BUTTON, and
- IFRAME
- o Block-level elements except FORM, ISINDEX, and FIELDSET
-
- Contained in
- Block-level elements, inline elements except BUTTON
-
- The BUTTON element defines a submit button, reset button, or push button.
- Authors can also use INPUT to specify these buttons, but the BUTTON element
- allows richer labels, including images and emphasis. However, BUTTON is new
- in HTML 4.0 and poorly supported among current browsers, so INPUT is a more
- reliable choice at this time.
-
- The TYPE attribute of BUTTON specifies the kind of button and takes the value
- submit (the default), reset, or button. The NAME and VALUE attributes
- determine the name/value pair sent to the server when a submit button is
- pushed. These attributes allow authors to provide multiple submit buttons and
- have the form handler take a different action depending on the submit button
- used.
-
- Some examples of BUTTON follow:
-
- <BUTTON NAME=submit VALUE=modify ACCESSKEY=M>
- Modify information
- </BUTTON>
- <BUTTON NAME=submit VALUE=continue ACCESSKEY=C>
- Continue with application
- </BUTTON>
-
- <BUTTON ACCESSKEY=S>
- Submit <IMG SRC="checkmark.gif" ALT="✔">
- </BUTTON>
- <BUTTON TYPE=reset ACCESSKEY=R>Reset
- <IMG SRC="x.gif" ALT="✘">
- </BUTTON>
-
- <BUTTON TYPE=button ID=toggler ONCLICK="toggle()" ACCESSKEY=H>
- Hide <strong>non-strict</strong> attributes
- </BUTTON>
-
- The ACCESSKEY attribute, used throughout the preceding examples, specifies a
- single Unicode character as a shortcut key for pressing the button. Entities
- (e.g. é) may be used as the ACCESSKEY value.
-
- The boolean DISABLED attribute makes the BUTTON element unavailable. The user
- is unable to push the button, the button cannot receive focus, and the button
- is skipped when navigating the document by tabbing.
-
- The TABINDEX attribute specifies a number between 0 and 32767 to indicate the
- tabbing order of the button. A BUTTON element with TABINDEX=0 or no TABINDEX
- attribute will be visited after any elements with a positive TABINDEX. Among
- positive TABINDEX values, the lower number receives focus first. In the case
- of a tie, the element appearing first in the HTML document takes precedence.
-
- The BUTTON element also takes a number of attributes to specify client-side
- scripting actions for various events. In addition to the core events common
- to most elements, BUTTON accepts the following event attributes:
-
- o ONFOCUS, when the element receives focus;
- o ONBLUR, when the element loses focus.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.16. CAPTION - Table caption ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- CAPTION - Table Caption
-
- Syntax
- <CAPTION>...</CAPTION>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ top | bottom | left | right ] (caption alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- TABLE
-
- The CAPTION element defines a table caption. When used, CAPTION must be the
- first element in the TABLE. Only inline elements (e.g., STRONG) may be used
- within CAPTION.
-
- A good caption should provide a short heading for the table. For simple
- tables, the caption can also act as an adequate summary, but for more complex
- tables, authors should supplement the CAPTION with a full summary, either
- through TABLE's SUMMARY attribute or within a paragraph outside of the
- TABLE. The following example features a simple table where the CAPTION
- provides a heading and an adequate table summary:
-
- <TABLE>
- <CAPTION>Common Usenet Abbreviations</CAPTION>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH>Abbreviation</TH>
- <TH>Long Form</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD>AFAIK</TD>
- <TD>As Far As I Know</TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>IMHO</TD>
- <TD>In My Humble Opinion</TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>OTOH</TD>
- <TD>On The Other Hand</TD>
- </TR>
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- The next example uses TABLE's SUMMARY attribute to complement the CAPTION:
-
- <TABLE SUMMARY="This table gives the character entity reference,
- decimal character reference, and hexadecimal character
- reference for symbols and Greek letters.">
- <CAPTION>Symbols and Greek Letters in HTML 4.0</CAPTION>
- <COLGROUP>
- <COLGROUP SPAN=3>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Character</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Decimal</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Hex</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>Latin small f with hook</TD>
- <TD>ƒ</TD>
- <TD>ƒ</TD>
- <TD>ƒ</TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute of CAPTION specifies the alignment of the
- caption relative to the table. Possible values are top (the default), bottom,
- left, and right.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.17. CENTER - Centered block ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- CENTER - Centered Block
-
- Syntax
- <CENTER>...</CENTER>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The CENTER element defines a block whose contents are centered horizontally
- on visual browsers. <CENTER> is a shorthand for < DIV ALIGN=center>, though
- CENTER is slightly better supported among browsers. Both methods of centering
- are deprecated in favor of style sheets.
-
- CENTER is still useful for centering tables since many browsers lack support
- for <TABLE ALIGN=center> as well as the method of centering tables with
- Cascading Style Sheets (setting margin-left and margin-right to auto). An
- example follows:
-
- <CENTER>
- <TABLE>
- <TR ALIGN=center>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Name</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Age</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Country</TH>
- </TR>
- <TR ALIGN=center>
- <TD>Liam Quinn</TD>
- <TD>20</TD>
- <TD>Canada</TD>
- </TR>
- </TABLE>
- </CENTER>
-
- Note that CENTER only centers the table as a whole, not the contents of each
- table cell. The preceding example uses the ALIGN attribute of TR to center
- the contents of each cell. The text-align property of Cascading Style Sheets
- provides greater flexibility in suggesting horizontal alignment.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.18. CITE - Citation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- CITE - Citation
-
- Syntax
- <CITE>...</CITE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The CITE element is used to markup citations, such as titles of magazines or
- newspapers, ship names, references to other sources, and quotation
- attributions. Visual browsers typically render CITE as italic text, but
- authors can suggest a rendering using style sheets. Since CITE is a
- structural element, it carries meaning, making it preferable to font style
- elements such as I when marking up citations.
-
- Example:
-
- <CITE>The Toronto Star</CITE> gave its review of the movie
- <CITE>Titanic</CITE> yesterday.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.19. CODE - Computer code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- CODE - Computer Code
-
- Syntax
- <CODE>...</CODE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The CODE element denotes computer code. Visual browsers typically render CODE
- as monospaced text, but authors can suggest a rendering using style sheets.
- Since CODE is a structural element, it carries meaning, making it preferable
- to font style elements such as TT when marking up computer code.
-
- Since spacing is often important when presenting computer code, the PRE
- element can be useful as a container for CODE elements. When used within
- other containers, a CODE element has multiple spaces collapsed. The following
- example uses CODE within PRE:
-
- <PRE><CODE>
- class HelloWorld {
- public static void main(String[] args) {
- System.out.println("Hello World!");
- }
- } </CODE></PRE>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.20. COL - Table column ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- COL - Table Column
-
- Syntax
- <COL>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SPAN= Number (number of columns)
- o WIDTH= MultiLength (width of each column)
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment of
- cells)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character for cells)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment of cells)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- COLGROUP, TABLE
-
- The COL element defines attributes common to a table column. If used, COL
- must be after the optional CAPTION and before the optional THEAD in the
- TABLE. Unlike COLGROUP, COL does not group columns structurally; it merely
- defines attributes common to all cells in one or more columns.
-
- COL's SPAN attribute defines the number of columns that will share the COL
- element's other attributes; the default value is 1. COL may be contained
- directly in the TABLE element or it may be contained within a COLGROUP. If
- COL is in a COLGROUP, the COL's attributes override those of the COLGROUP for
- the columns spanned by COL.
-
- The next example uses COL elements within COLGROUPs to assign a different
- CLASS to each column:
-
- <TABLE SUMMARY="This table gives the character entity reference,
- decimal character reference, and hexadecimal character
- reference for 8-bit Latin-1 characters, as well as the
- rendering of each in your browser.">
- <COLGROUP CLASS="character-description">
- <COLGROUP>
- <COL CLASS=entity>
- <COL SPAN=2 CLASS=numeric>
- <COLGROUP>
- <COL CLASS="entity-rendering">
- <COL CLASS="decimal-rendering">
- <COL CLASS="hex-rendering">
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Character</TH> <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Decimal</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Hex</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=colgroup COLSPAN=3>Rendering in Your Browser</TH>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Decimal</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Hex</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>non-breaking space</TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- COL also takes a number of presentational attributes, many of which cannot be
- completely replaced by style sheets. Since few browsers support COL, authors
- may wish to specify these attributes on the TD or TH elements instead.
-
- The WIDTH attribute specifies a width for each column spanned by COL. The
- value must be a number in pixels, a percentage of the table width, or a
- relative length expressed as i* where i is an integer. A column with
- WIDTH="3*" will be allotted three times the width of a column with WIDTH="1*".
- The value 0* is equivalent to the minimum width necessary for the column's
- contents.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for each cell in the
- spanned columns. Possible values are left, center, right, justify, and char.
- ALIGN=char aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR
- attribute. The default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of
- the current language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies
- the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's
- value is a number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%"
- centers the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.21. COLGROUP - Table column group ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- COLGROUP - Table Column Group
-
- Syntax
- <COLGROUP>...</COLGROUP>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SPAN= Number (number of columns in group)
- o WIDTH= MultiLength (width of each column)
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment of
- cells in group)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character for cells)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment of cells
- in group)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Zero or more COL elements
-
- Contained in
- TABLE
-
- The COLGROUP element defines a column group in a table. If used, COLGROUP
- must be after the optional CAPTION and before the optional THEAD in the
- TABLE. The structural divisions defined by COLGROUP allow authors to easily
- suggest a presentation for groups of columns through style sheets.
-
- COLGROUP's SPAN attribute defines the number of columns in the group; the
- default value is 1. A number of other attributes are permitted on COLGROUP,
- and these are shared among the cells of the group. COLGROUP may contain COL
- elements that define attributes for the cells of individual columns, overriding
- attributes defined for the column group. The SPAN attribute should not be
- used if the COLGROUP contains any COL elements.
-
- The next example features three column groups to structurally divide the table
- into three parts. The first part is a single column that gives the description
- of a character. The second part consists of three columns giving different
- ways of representing the character in HTML. The third part consists of three
- columns with renderings of the character in the user's browser.
-
- <TABLE SUMMARY="This table gives the character entity reference,
- decimal character reference, and hexadecimal character
- reference for 8-bit Latin-1 characters, as well as the
- rendering of each in your browser.">
- <COLGROUP>
- <COLGROUP SPAN=3>
- <COLGROUP SPAN=3>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Character</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Decimal</TH> <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Hex</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=colgroup COLSPAN=3>Rendering in Your Browser</TH>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Decimal</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Hex</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>non-breaking space</TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- In place of the <COLGROUP SPAN=3> tag in the preceding example, a COLGROUP
- with three COL elements could have been used:
-
- <COLGROUP>
- <COL CLASS=entity>
- <COL CLASS=decimal>
- <COL CLASS=hex>
- </COLGROUP>
-
- Here we have used the CLASS attribute to distinguish the individual columns
- of the group, allowing us to easily suggest different presentations for the
- columns through style sheets.
-
- COLGROUP also takes a number of presentational attributes, many of which
- cannot be completely replaced by style sheets. Since few browsers support
- COLGROUP, authors may wish to specify these attributes on the TD or TH
- elements instead.
-
- The WIDTH attribute specifies a width for each column in the group. The value
- must be a number in pixels, a percentage of the table width, or a relative
- length expressed as i* where i is an integer. A column with WIDTH="3*" will
- be allotted three times the width of a column with WIDTH="1*". The value 0*
- is equivalent to the minimum width necessary for the column's contents.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for each cell in the
- column group. Possible values are left, center, right, justify, and char.
- ALIGN=char aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR
- attribute. The default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of
- the current language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies
- the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's
- value is a number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%"
- centers the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.22. DD - Definition description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DD - Definition Description
-
- Syntax
- <DD>...</DD>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- DL
-
- The DD element provides the definition of a term in a definition list. The
- closing tag for DD is optional, but its use prevents common browser bugs with
- style sheets.
-
- DD may contain block-level elements such as P, H2, TABLE, and DL. This
- allows definition lists to be nested, as in the following example:
-
- <DL>
-
- <DT><A NAME="spanning-tree">Spanning tree</A></DT>
- <DD>
- <P>
- A spanning tree of a graph is a <A HREF="#tree">tree</A>
- that contains all the vertices of the graph. There are two
- main types of spanning trees:
- </P>
-
- <DL>
- <DT>BFS spanning tree</DT>
- <DD>
- A spanning tree formed by a breadth-first search on the graph.
- </DD>
- <DT>DFS spanning tree</DT>
- <DD>
- A spanning tree formed by a depth-first search on the graph.
- </DD>
- </DL>
- </DD>
-
- <DT><A NAME=tree>Tree</A></DT>
- <DD>
- <P>
- A tree is connected, undirected graph without cycles.
- </P>
- </DD>
-
- </DL>
-
- A DD element should generally be preceded by a DT element that gives the
- term defined by the DD. A single definition term may have multiple definitions
- associated with it, and a single definition may have multiple terms.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.23. DEL - Deleted text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DEL - Deleted Text
-
- Syntax
- <DEL>...</DEL>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o CITE= URI (reason for deletion)
- o DATETIME= Datetime (date and time of deletion)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The DEL element contains content that has been deleted. This element is
- useful in marking changes from one version of a document to the next. Through
- style sheets, authors can suggest an appropriate rendering, such as not
- displaying the deleted content or rendering the text with a strike-through
- style.
-
- DEL may be used as either a block-level element or an inline element. If
- used as an inline element (e.g., within a P), then DEL may not contain any
- block-level elements.
-
- The optional CITE attribute of DEL gives a URI with information on why the
- content was deleted. A brief explanation for the deletion can be given with
- the TITLE attribute, which may be rendered as a "tooltip" by some browsers.
-
- The optional DATETIME attribute specifies the date and time of the deletion.
- The value is case-sensitive and of the form YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssTZD. See the
- values section for a full explanation of this format.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <DEL CITE="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/appendix/changes.html#h-A.1.3"
- DATETIME="1997-12-19T00:00:00-05:00" TITLE="XMP is obsolete">
- <P>The XMP element contains preformatted text in which markup
- other than an end tag is treated as literal
- text.</P>
- </DEL>
-
- Since DEL is poorly supported among browsers, authors may wish to use a font
- style element such as STRIKE ( deprecated in HTML 4.0) to attempt to convey
- the meaning of DEL to non-supporting visual browsers. The previous example
- could also be marked up as follows:
-
- <DEL CITE="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/appendix/changes.html#h-A.1.3"
- DATETIME="1997-12-19T00:00:00-05:00" TITLE="XMP is obsolete">
- <P><STRIKE>The XMP element is used for preformatted text in
- which markup other than an end tag is treated as literal
- text.</STRIKE></P>
- </DEL>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.24. DFN - Defined term ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DFN - Defined Term
-
- Syntax
- <DFN>...</DFN>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The DFN element denotes the defining instance of a term. Visual browsers
- typically render DFN as italic text, but authors can suggest a rendering using
- style sheets. Since DFN is a structural element, it carries meaning, making
- it preferable to font style elements such as I when marking up the defining
- instance of a term.
-
- Netscape Navigator does not support the DFN element. In most cases, the lack
- of support is not a significant problem; concerned authors could nest the DFN
- element within an I element or another font style element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.25. DIR - Directory List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DIR
-
- Syntax
- <DIR>...</DIR>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o COMPACT (compact display)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more LI elements that cannot contain block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The DIR element defines a directory list. The element contains one or more
- LI elements that define the actual items of the list. The LI elements must
- not contain block-level elements, which prevents DIRs from being nested.
-
- The COMPACT attribute suggests that visual browsers render the list compactly,
- perhaps with reduced spacing between items. This attribute is not well
- supported among browsers.
-
- DIR is deprecated in HTML 4.0 in favor of UL.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.26. DIV - Generic block-level container ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DIV - Generic Block-level Container
-
- Syntax
- <DIV>...</DIV>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The DIV element defines a generic block-level container, allowing authors to
- provide style or language information to blocks of content. The element may
- contain any inline or block-level element, including another DIV.
-
- The DIV element is most useful in combination with the CLASS, ID, or LANG
- attributes. For example, a navigation bar could be contained within a DIV
- marked as CLASS=navbar, allowing the author to use style sheets to easily
- change the background of all navigation bars on a site, or to eliminate
- navigation bars when printing.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- content of the division on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right,
- center, and justify. <CENTER> is a slightly better-supported alias for <DIV
- ALIGN=center>, though both methods of centering are deprecated in favor of
- style sheets, which provide greater flexibility in suggesting alignment.
-
- SPAN is a text-level equivalent of DIV for use within paragraphs and inline
- elements.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.27. DL - Definition list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DL - Definition List
-
- Syntax
- <DL>...</DL>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o COMPACT (compact display)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more DT or DD elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The DL element defines a definition list. An entry in the list is created
- using the DT element for the term being defined and the DD element for the
- definition of the term.
-
- A definition list can have multiple terms for a given definition as well as
- multiple definitions for a given term. Authors can also give a term without a
- corresponding definition, and vice versa, but such a structure rarely makes
- sense.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <DL>
-
- <DT>Block-level elements</DT>
- <DD>
- <P>
- In HTML, block-level elements may generally contain
- inline elements and other block-level elements. They are
- usually formatted differently than inline elements,
- typically on a new line in visual browsers.
- </P>
- </DD>
-
- <DT>Inline elements</DT> <DT>Text-level elements</DT>
- <DD>
- <P>
- Inline (or text-level) elements generally only contain
- character data and other inline elements.
- </P>
- </DD>
-
- </DL>
-
- The DL element can be adapted for use with structures that are not strict
- terms and definitions, a practice that is justified when other HTML elements
- cannot adequately describe a structure. Some examples follow:
-
- <H1>Community Calendar</H1>
-
- <DL CLASS=calendar>
-
- <DT>March 8</DT>
- <DD>
- The Symphony Orchestra presents <CITE>A Rising Star</CITE>
- at the Anderson Center. Call 555-1234 for details.
- </DD>
-
- <DT>March 10</DT>
- <DD>
- Bereaved Families Support Night, 7:00 to 9:00 at
- 523 Main <ABBR TITLE=Street>St.</ABBR>
- </DD>
-
- </DL>
-
- <DL CLASS=play>
-
- <DT>Brutus</DT>
- <DD CLASS="role Brutus">
- <P>
- I kiss thy hand, but not in flattery, Caesar;<BR>
- Desiring thee that Publius Cimber may<BR>
- Have an immediate freedom of repeal.
- </P>
- </DD>
-
- <DT>Caesar</DT>
- <DD CLASS="role Caesar">
- <P>
- What, Brutus!
- </P>
- </DD>
-
- <DT>Cassius</DT>
- <DD CLASS="role Cassius">
- <P>
- Pardon, Caesar; Caesar, pardon:<BR>
- As low as to thy foot doth Cassius fall,<BR>
- To beg enfranchisement for Publius Cimber.
- </P>
- </DD>
-
- </DL>
-
- Note the use of the CLASS attribute in the preceding examples. This allows
- the author to easily suggest, through style sheets, a distinguishing
- presentation for different kinds of definition lists.
-
- In addition to the common attributes shared by most elements, DL takes a
- COMPACT attribute. This attribute, deprecated in HTML 4.0 and poorly
- supported among browsers, suggests that visual browsers render the list
- compactly, perhaps with reduced spacing between items.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.28. DT - Definition term ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DT - Definition Term
-
- Syntax
- <DT>...</DT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- DL
-
- The DT element defines a term in a definition list. The closing tag for DT
- is optional, but its use prevents common browser bugs with style sheets. Note
- that DT cannot contain block-level elements such as P and H2.
-
- A DT element should generally be followed by a DD element that provides the
- definition for the term given by the DT. A single definition term may have
- multiple definitions associated with it, and a single definition may have
- multiple terms.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.29. EM - Emphasis ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- EM - Emphasis
-
- Syntax
- <EM>...</EM>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The EM element gives emphasis to its contents. Visual browsers typically
- render EM as italic text, but authors can suggest a rendering using style
- sheets. Since EM is a structural element, it carries meaning, making it
- preferable to font style elements such as I when emphasis is the intended
- meaning.
-
- For strong emphasis, use the STRONG element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.30. FIELDSET - Form control group ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- FIELDSET - Form Control Group
-
- Syntax
- <FIELDSET>...</FIELDSET>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- A LEGEND element followed by zero or more block-level elements and
- inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET, FORM,
- IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The FIELDSET element defines a form control group. By grouping related form
- controls, authors can divide a form into smaller, more manageable parts,
- improving the usability disaster that can strike when confronting users with
- too many form controls. The grouping provided by FIELDSET also helps the
- accessibility of forms to those using aural browsers by allowing these users to
- more easily orient themselves when filling in a large form.
-
- While FIELDSET is not widely supported by current browsers, it can be used
- safely by explicitly closing any preceding P element with </P> or by
- including an empty P prior to the FIELDSET. This causes non-supporting
- browsers to infer the start of a block-level element even though they ignore
- the block-level FIELDSET element.
-
- The content of a FIELDSET element must begin with a LEGEND to provide a
- caption for the group of controls. Following the LEGEND, FIELDSET may contain
- any inline or block-level element, including another FIELDSET.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <FORM METHOD=post ACTION="/cgi-bin/order.cgi">
-
- <FIELDSET>
- <LEGEND ACCESSKEY=I>Contact Information</LEGEND>
- <TABLE>
- <TR>
- <TD>
- <LABEL FOR=name ACCESSKEY=N>Name:</LABEL>
- </TD>
- <TD>
- <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=name ID=name>
- </TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>
- <LABEL FOR=email ACCESSKEY=E>E-mail Address:</LABEL>
- </TD>
- <TD>
- <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=email ID=email>
- </TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>
- <LABEL FOR=addr ACCESSKEY=A>Mailing Address:</LABEL>
- </TD>
- <TD>
- <TEXTAREA NAME=address ID=addr ROWS=4 COLS=40></TEXTAREA>
- </TD>
- </TR>
- </TABLE>
- </FIELDSET>
-
- <FIELDSET>
- <LEGEND ACCESSKEY=O>Ordering Information</LEGEND>
- <P>Please select the product(s) that you wish to order:</P>
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=3>
- <INPUT TYPE=checkbox NAME=products VALUE="HTML 3.2 Reference">
- <A HREF="/reference/wilbur/">HTML 3.2 Reference</A>
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=4>
- <INPUT TYPE=checkbox NAME=products VALUE="HTML 4.0 Reference">
- <A HREF="/reference/html40/">HTML 4.0 Reference</A>
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=S>
- <INPUT TYPE=checkbox NAME=products VALUE="CSS Guide">
- <A HREF="/reference/css/">Cascading Style Sheets Guide</A>
- </LABEL>
- </P>
- </FIELDSET>
-
- <FIELDSET>
- <LEGEND ACCESSKEY=C>Credit Card Information</LEGEND>
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=V>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME=card VALUE=visa> Visa
- </LABEL>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=M>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME=card VALUE=mc> MasterCard
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=u>
- Number: <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=number>
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=E>
- Expiry: <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=expiry>
- </LABEL>
- </P>
- </FIELDSET>
-
- <P>
- <INPUT TYPE=submit VALUE="Submit order">
- <INPUT TYPE=reset VALUE="Clear order form"> </P>
-
- </FORM>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.31. FONT - Font change ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- FONT - Font Change
-
- Syntax
- <FONT>...</FONT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SIZE= CDATA (font size adjustment)
- o COLOR= Color (font color adjustment)
- o FACE= CDATA (font face adjustment)
- o core attributes
- o internationalization attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements except PRE
-
- The FONT element, deprecated in HTML 4.0 in favor of style sheets, allows
- authors to suggest rudimentary font changes. Use of the FONT element brings
- numerous usability and accessibility problems, as discussed in the article
- What's Wrong With FONT?
-
- The least harmful use of the FONT element is in suggesting relative changes in
- font size with <FONT SIZE="+1"> or <FONT SIZE="-1">. These tags increment or
- decrement the font size relative to the size specified in the BASEFONT
- element, or relative to a base size of 3 if no BASEFONT element is used.
- Sizes are based on a seven-point scale (1..7) that is browser dependent.
-
- While authors can specify SIZE values such as -2 and +3, as well as absolute
- values such as 1, these kinds of changes are strongly discouraged due to the
- sensitivity some users have to different font sizes. While a value like -2
- may look right to you with your eyesight and user settings, it could easily be
- unreadable to a user with different eyesight and user settings.
-
- The COLOR attribute suggests a text color. While most browsers allow users to
- override author color changes, the widely used Netscape Navigator 2.x, 3.x, and
- 4.x do not override colors specified with FONT. This makes the COLOR
- attribute very dangerous from an accessibility point of view.
-
- Authors often use the COLOR attribute as a form of emphasis or to indicate a
- heading. In these cases, use of structural HTML (e.g., STRONG, H1) along
- with a style sheet provides a more flexible, accessible document.
-
- The FACE attribute gives a comma-separated list of font faces in which to
- display text. The fonts are listed in order of preference, so that if the
- browser does not have the first font listed, it will try the second, then the
- third, and so on.
-
- The FONT element is an inline element, meaning that it cannot contain
- block-level elements such as P and TABLE. Again, style sheets provide
- much more flexibility in suggesting font styles.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.32. FORM - Interactive form ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- FORM - Interactive Form
-
- Syntax
- <FORM>...</FORM>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ACTION= URI (form handler)
- o METHOD=[ get | post ] (HTTP method for submitting form)
- o ENCTYPE= ContentType (content type to submit form as)
- o ACCEPT-CHARSET= Charsets (supported character encodings)
- o TARGET= FrameTarget (frame to render form result in)
- o ONSUBMIT= Script (form was submitted)
- o ONRESET= Script (form was reset)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
-
- o In HTML 4.0 Strict, one or more SCRIPT or block-level elements except
- FORM
- o In HTML 4.0 Transitional, inline elements or block-level elements except
- FORM
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET, IFRAME,
- INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The FORM element defines an interactive form. The element should contain form
- controls-- INPUT, SELECT, TEXTAREA, and BUTTON--through which the user
- interacts.
-
- When the user submits the form, through an INPUT or BUTTON element with
- TYPE=submit, the form values are submitted to the URI given in FORM's required
- ACTION attribute. ACTION usually points to a CGI script or Java servlet
- that handles the form submission.
-
- A mailto URI (e.g., mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com) is also allowed as an ACTION,
- but this is not supported by all browsers. Non-supporting browsers such as
- Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.x typically will open a blank e-mail message when
- the user submits a mailto form. Even on supporting browsers, mailto forms are
- troublesome in that they fail to provide feedback to the user after the form
- submission.
-
- Free CGI scripts exist for handling forms; some are even remotely hosted for
- authors whose providers refuse to allow CGI scripts to be run locally.
-
- How the form input is sent to the server depends on the METHOD and ENCTYPE
- attributes. When the METHOD is get (the default), the form input is
- submitted as an HTTP GET request with ?form_data appended to the URI
- specified in the ACTION attribute.
-
- Using the get method allows the form submission to be contained completely in
- a URL. This can be advantageous in that it permits bookmarking in current
- browsers, but it also prevents form data from containing non-ASCII characters
- such as "щ" and "й". As well, the amount of form data that can be handled by
- the get method is limited by the maximum length of the URL that the server
- and browser can process. To be safe, any form whose input might contain
- non-ASCII characters or more than 100 characters should use METHOD=post.
-
- With a METHOD value of post, the form input is submitted as an HTTP POST
- request with the form data sent in the body of the request. Most current
- browsers are unable to bookmark POST requests, but POST does not entail the
- character encoding and length restrictions imposed by GET.
-
- The ENCTYPE attribute specifies the content type used in submitting the form,
- and defaults to application/x-www-form-urlencoded. This content type results
- in name/value pairs sent to the server as name1=value1&name2=value2... with
- space characters replaced by "+" and reserved characters (like "#") replaced by
- "%HH" where HH is the ASCII code of the character in hexadecimal. Line
- breaks are encoded as "%0D%0A"--a carriage return followed by a line feed.
-
- Authors should generally only use a different ENCTYPE when the form includes a
- TYPE=file INPUT element, in which case the ENCTYPE should be
- multipart/form-data and the METHOD must be post. The format of
- multipart/form-data requests is given in RFC 1867.
-
- Tools such as cg-eye allow authors to easily create and view a request,
- simulating the submission of a form. However, authors often do not need to
- concern themselves with the exact format of the submission; CGI libraries
- including CGI.pm transparently handle get and post submissions sent as
- application/x-www-form-urlencoded or multipart/form-data.
-
- The ACCEPT-CHARSET attribute specifies a list of character encodings that are
- accepted by the form handler. The value consists of a list of "charsets"
- separated by commas and/or spaces. The default value is UNKNOWN and is
- usually considered to be the character encoding used to transmit the document
- containing the FORM.
-
- The TARGET attribute is used with frames to specify in which frame the form
- response should be rendered. If no frame with such a name exists, the response
- is rendered in a new window unless overridden by the user. Special frame names
- begin with an underscore:
-
- o _blank renders the response in a new, unnamed window
- o _self renders the response in the current frame (useful for overriding a
- BASE TARGET)
- o _parent renders the response in the immediate FRAMESET parent
- o _top renders the response in the full, unframed window
-
- The FORM element also takes a number of attributes to specify client-side
- scripting actions for various events. In addition to the core events common
- to most elements, INPUT accepts the following event attributes:
-
- o ONSUBMIT, when the form is submitted;
- o ONRESET, when the form is reset.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.33. FRAME - Frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- FRAME - Frame
-
- Syntax
- <FRAME>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o NAME= CDATA (name of frame)
- o SRC= URI (content of frame)
- o LONGDESC= URI (long description of frame)
- o FRAMEBORDER=[ 1 | 0 ] (frame border)
- o MARGINWIDTH= Pixels (margin width)
- o MARGINHEIGHT= Pixels (margin height)
- o NORESIZE (disallow frame resizing)
- o SCROLLING=[ yes | no | auto ] (ability to scroll)
- o core attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- FRAMESET
-
- The FRAME element defines a frame--a rectangular subspace within a Frameset
- document. Each FRAME must be contained within a FRAMESET that defines the
- dimensions of the frame.
-
- The SRC attribute provides the URI of the frame's content, which is typically
- an HTML document. If the frame's content is an image, video, or similar
- object, and if the object cannot be described adequately using the TITLE
- attribute of FRAME, then authors should use the LONGDESC attribute to provide
- the URI of a full HTML description of the object.
-
- For better accessibility to disabled users and better indexing with search
- engines, authors should not use an image or similar object as the content of a
- frame. Rather, the object should be embedded within an HTML document to allow
- the indexing of keywords and easier provision of alternate content.
-
- The NAME attribute gives a name to the frame for use with the TARGET
- attribute of the A, AREA, BASE, FORM, and LINK elements. The NAME
- attribute value must begin with a character in the range A-Z or a-z.
-
- The NAME should be human-readable and based on the content of the frame since
- non-windows browsers may use the NAME as a title for presenting a list of
- frames to the user. For example, NAME=left would be inappropriate since it
- says nothing about the content while NAME=nav would be inappropriate since it
- is not very human-readable. More suitable would be NAME=Content and
- NAME=Navigation. The TITLE attribute can also be used to provide a slightly
- longer title for the frame, though this is not widely supported by current
- browsers.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <FRAMESET ROWS="*,100">
- <FRAMESET COLS="40%,*">
- <FRAME NAME="Menu" SRC="nav.html" TITLE="Menu">
- <FRAME NAME="Content" SRC="main.html" TITLE="Content">
- </FRAMESET>
- <FRAME NAME="Ad" SRC="ad.html" TITLE="Advertisement">
- <NOFRAMES>
- <BODY>
- <H1>Table of Contents</H1>
- <UL>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/html40/">HTML 4.0 Reference</A>
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/wilbur/">HTML 3.2 Reference</A>
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/css/">CSS Guide</A>
- </LI>
- </UL>
- <P>
- <IMG SRC="ad.gif" ALT="Ad: Does your bank charge too much?">
- </P>
- </BODY>
- </NOFRAMES>
- </FRAMESET>
-
- The FRAME element also accepts a number of attributes to specify the
- presentation on visual browsers. Style sheets provide a more flexible method
- of defining the presentation of frames, but the element's presentational
- attributes are more widely supported.
-
- The FRAMEBORDER attribute specifies whether or not the frame has a visible
- border. The default value, 1, tells the browser to draw a border between the
- frame and all adjoining frames. The value 0 indicates that no border should
- be drawn, though borders from other frames will override this.
-
- To fully remove the border, some browsers also require the use of other,
- non-standard attributes. See How do I remove the border around frames? for
- more details.
-
- Note that removing the border of a frame takes away the user's ability to
- resize the frame on most browsers.
-
- The MARGINWIDTH and MARGINHEIGHT attributes define the number of pixels to
- use as the left/right margins and top/bottom margins, respectively, within the
- frame. The value must be greater than one pixel.
-
- The boolean NORESIZE attribute prevents the user from resizing the frame.
- This attribute should never be used in a user-friendly Web site.
-
- The SCROLLING attribute specifies whether scrollbars are provided for the
- frame. The default value, auto, generates scrollbars only when necessary. The
- value yes gives scrollbars at all times, and the value no suppresses
- scrollbars--even when they are needed to see all the content. The value no
- should never be used.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.34. FRAMESET - Frameset ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- FRAMESET - Frameset
-
- Syntax
- <FRAMESET>...</FRAMESET>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ROWS= MultiLengths (row lengths)
- o COLS= MultiLengths (column lengths)
- o ONLOAD= Script (all frames have been loaded)
- o ONUNLOAD= Script (all frames have been removed)
- o core attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more FRAMESET and FRAME elements, as well as an optional
- NOFRAMES
-
- Contained in
- HTML
-
- The FRAMESET element is a frame container for dividing a window into
- rectangular subspaces called frames. In a Frameset document, the outermost
- FRAMESET element takes the place of BODY and immediately follows the HEAD.
-
- The FRAMESET element contains one or more FRAMESET or FRAME elements, along
- with an optional NOFRAMES element to provide alternate content for browsers
- that do not support frames or have frames disabled. A meaningful NOFRAMES
- element should always be provided and should at the very least contain links to
- the main frame or frames.
-
- The ROWS and COLS attributes define the dimensions of each frame in the set.
- Each attribute takes a comma-separated list of lengths, specified in pixels, as
- a percentage, or as a relative length. A relative length is expressed as i*
- where i is an integer. For example, a frameset defined with ROWS="3*,*" (*
- is equivalent to 1*) will have its first row allotted three times the height of
- the second row.
-
- The values specified for the ROWS attribute give the height of each row, from
- top to bottom. The COLS attribute gives the width of each column from left to
- right. If ROWS or COLS is omitted, the implied value for the attribute is
- 100%. If both attributes are specified, a grid is defined and filled
- left-to-right then top-to-bottom.
-
- The following example sets up a grid with two rows and three columns:
-
- <FRAMESET ROWS="70%,30%" COLS="33%,33%,34%">
- <FRAME NAME="Photo1" SRC="Row1_Column1.html">
- <FRAME NAME="Photo2" SRC="Row1_Column2.html">
- <FRAME NAME="Photo3" SRC="Row1_Column3.html">
- <FRAME NAME="Caption1" SRC="Row2_Column1.html">
- <FRAME NAME="Caption2" SRC="Row2_Column2.html">
- <FRAME NAME="Caption3" SRC="Row2_Column3.html">
- <NOFRAMES>
- <BODY>
- <H1>Table of Contents</H1>
- <UL>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="Row1_Column1.html">Photo 1</A>
- (<A HREF="Row2_Column1.html">Caption</A>)
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="Row1_Column2.html">Photo 2</A>
- (<A HREF="Row2_Column2.html">Caption</A>)
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="Row1_Column3.html">Photo 3</A>
- (<A HREF="Row2_Column3.html">Caption</A>)
- </LI>
- </UL>
- </BODY>
- </NOFRAMES>
- </FRAMESET>
-
- The next example features nested FRAMESET elements to define two frames in the
- first row and one frame in the second row:
-
- <FRAMESET ROWS="*,100">
- <FRAMESET COLS="40%,*">
- <FRAME NAME="Menu" SRC="nav.html" TITLE="Menu">
- <FRAME NAME="Content" SRC="main.html" TITLE="Content">
- </FRAMESET>
- <FRAME NAME="Ad" SRC="ad.html" TITLE="Advertisement">
- <NOFRAMES>
- <BODY>
- <H1>Table of Contents</H1>
- <UL>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/html40/">HTML 4.0 Reference</A>
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/wilbur/">HTML 3.2 Reference</A>
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/css/">CSS Guide</A>
- </LI>
- </UL>
- <P>
- <IMG SRC="ad.gif" ALT="Ad: Does your bank charge too much?">
- </P>
- </BODY>
- </NOFRAMES>
- </FRAMESET>
-
- When pixel lengths are used, they should always be combined with a relative
- length to handle various window sizes. Pixel lengths should only be used when
- the frame consists primarily of images or other objects with a fixed size in
- pixels. Due to their ability to adapt to different window sizes, percentages
- and relative lengths are generally preferred.
-
- The FRAMESET element also accepts ONLOAD and ONUNLOAD attributes to specify
- client-side scripting actions to perform when the frames have all been loaded
- or removed.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.35. H1 - Level-one heading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- H1 - Level-one Heading
-
- Syntax
- <H1>...</H1>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DEL, DD, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The H1 element defines a level-one heading. A document generally should have
- exactly one H1 element to mark the most important heading.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- heading on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right, center, and
- justify. Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting alignment.
-
- Visual browsers typically render H1 in a large, bold font. Authors can suggest
- a presentation for H1 through style sheets. The following CSS ruleset
- suggests a presentation for all H1 elements:
-
- h1 { color: #c33;
- background: transparent;
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: center
- }
-
- Authors should not choose a heading level based on the font size commonly used
- by visual browsers. The heading level should be chosen based on the heading's
- importance and placement in the document. An H1 is typically used as the main
- heading for a document.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.36. H2 - Level-two heading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- H2 - Level-two Heading
-
- Syntax
- <H2>...</H2>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DEL, DD, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The H2 element defines a level-two heading. This heading is more important
- than an H3 but less important than an H1.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- heading on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right, center, and
- justify. Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting alignment.
-
- Visual browsers typically render H2 in a large, bold font. Authors can suggest
- a presentation for H2 through style sheets. The following CSS ruleset
- suggests a presentation for all H2 elements:
-
- h2 {
- color: #00008b;
- background: transparent;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin-left: 2%;
- margin-right: 2%
- }
-
- Authors should not choose a heading level based on the font size commonly used
- by visual browsers. The heading level should be chosen based on the heading's
- importance and placement in the document. An H2 is typically used within a
- section headed by an H1.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.37. H3 - Level-three heading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- H3 - Level-three Heading
-
- Syntax
- <H3>...</H3>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DEL, DD, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The H3 element defines a level-three heading. This heading is more important
- than an H4 but less important than an H2.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- heading on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right, center, and
- justify. Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting alignment.
-
- Visual browsers typically render H3 in a bold font. Authors can suggest a
- presentation for H3 through style sheets. The following CSS ruleset
- suggests a presentation for all H3 elements:
-
- h3 {
- color: #006400;
- background: transparent;
- margin-left: 4%;
- margin-right: 4%;
- font-weight: bold
- }
-
- Authors should not choose a heading level based on the font size commonly used
- by visual browsers. The heading level should be chosen based on the heading's
- importance and placement in the document. An H3 is typically used within a
- section headed by an H2.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.38. H4 - Level-four heading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- H4 - Level-four Heading
-
- Syntax
- <H4>...</H4>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DEL, DD, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The H4 element defines a level-four heading. This heading is more important
- than an H5 but less important than an H3.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- heading on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right, center, and
- justify. Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting alignment.
-
- Visual browsers typically render H4 in a bold font. Authors can suggest a
- presentation for H4 through style sheets. The following CSS ruleset
- suggests a presentation for all H4 elements:
-
- h4 {
- margin-left: 6%;
- margin-right: 6%;
- font-weight: bold
- }
-
- Authors should not choose a heading level based on the font size commonly used
- by visual browsers. The heading level should be chosen based on the heading's
- importance and placement in the document. An H4 is typically used within a
- section headed by an H3.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.39. H5 - Level-five heading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- H5 - Level-five Heading
-
- Syntax
- <H5>...</H5>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DEL, DD, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The H5 element defines a level-five heading. This heading is more important
- than an H6 but less important than an H4.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- heading on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right, center, and
- justify. Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting alignment.
-
- Visual browsers typically render H5 in a small, bold font. Authors can suggest
- a presentation for H5 through style sheets. The following CSS ruleset
- suggests a presentation for all H5 elements:
-
- h5 {
- margin-left: 6%;
- margin-right: 6%;
- font-size: 110%;
- font-weight: bold
- }
-
- Authors should not choose a heading level based on the font size commonly used
- by visual browsers. The heading level should be chosen based on the heading's
- importance and placement in the document. An H5 is typically used within a
- section headed by an H4.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.40. H6 - Level-six heading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- H6 - Level-six Heading
-
- Syntax
- <H6>...</H6>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DEL, DD, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The H6 element defines a level-six heading. This heading is less important
- than an H5.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- heading on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right, center, and
- justify. Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting alignment.
-
- Visual browsers typically render H6 in a small, bold font. Authors can suggest
- a presentation for H6 through style sheets. The following CSS ruleset
- suggests a presentation for all H6 elements:
-
- h6 {
- margin-left: 6%;
- margin-right: 6%;
- font-size: 105%;
- font-weight: bold
- }
-
- Authors should not choose a heading level based on the font size commonly used
- by visual browsers. The heading level should be chosen based on the heading's
- importance and placement in the document. An H6 is typically used within a
- section headed by an H5.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.41. HEAD - Document head ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HEAD - Document Head
-
- Syntax
- <HEAD>...</HEAD>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o PROFILE= URI (dictionary of meta info)
- o internationalization attributes
-
- Contents
- Exactly one TITLE element, optional BASE and ISINDEX elements, and
- zero or more SCRIPT, STYLE, META, LINK, or OBJECT elements
-
- Contained in
- HTML
-
- The HEAD element contains header information about the document, such as its
- title, keywords, description, and style sheet. HEAD is required in all
- documents, but its start and end tags are always optional. The HEAD element
- is followed by the BODY in HTML 4.0 Strict and Transitional documents; in
- HTML 4.0 Frameset documents, the HEAD is followed by a FRAMESET element.
-
- Content in the HEAD is generally not rendered, with the exception of the
- required TITLE element. If the </HEAD> end tag is omitted, the first BODY
- or FRAMESET element infers the end of the HEAD.
-
- The optional PROFILE attribute of HEAD gives the location of a metadata
- profile. A profile defines properties that may be used by META and LINK
- elements within the HEAD. There is no prescribed format for profiles.
-
- Work is currently underway on improving the use of metadata on the Web. See the
- W3C's Metadata and Resource Description area for the latest information.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.42. HR - Horizontal rule ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HR - Horizontal Rule
-
- Syntax
- <HR>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right ] (horizontal alignment)
- o NOSHADE (solid line)
- o SIZE= Pixels (line height)
- o WIDTH= Length (line width)
- o core attributes
- o common events
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The HR element defines a horizontal rule for visual browsers. While this
- element is inherently presentational, it can be used structurally as a section
- divider. However, for greater flexibility the HR element can be replaced with
- the border-bottom or border-top properties of Cascading Style Sheets. For
- example, the following style rule would suggest a horizontal line above all
- DIV elements with CLASS=navbar:
-
- div.navbar { border-top: solid medium navy }
-
- HR's deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment of the
- line. Possible values are left, right, and center. The deprecated WIDTH
- attribute specifies the width of the line as a percentage or a number of
- pixels. If a width is specified, percentages are generally preferred since
- they adjust to varying window sizes. The width property of Cascading Style
- Sheets provides greater flexibility in suggesting the width of horizontal
- rules.
-
- The boolean NOSHADE attribute suggests that the rule be rendered as a solid
- line rather than the groove style commonly used. The SIZE attribute suggests
- the height of the line in pixels. These attributes are both deprecated in
- favor of style sheets.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.43. HTML - HTML document ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- HTML - HTML Document
-
- Syntax
- <HTML>...</HTML>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o VERSION= CDATA (HTML version)
- o internationalization attributes
-
- Contents
-
- o In HTML 4.0 Strict and Transitional: HEAD followed by BODY
- o In HTML 4.0 Frameset: HEAD followed by FRAMESET
-
- Contained in
- Not applicable--HTML is a top-level element
-
- The HTML element contains the HTML document, made up of the HEAD followed by
- the BODY, except in Frameset documents where the FRAMESET element replaces
- the BODY. The start and end tags of the HTML element are both optional.
-
- The LANG attribute is typically set on the HTML element to specify the base
- language of the document. The language should be specified according to RFC
- 1766; examples include en for English, en-US for American English, and ja
- for Japanese.
-
- The deprecated VERSION attribute specifies the Document Type Definition (DTD)
- that describes the document. This attribute should not be used since the
- DOCTYPE declaration makes it redundant.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.43.1. DOCTYPE - Document Type Declaration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DOCTYPE - Document Type Declaration
-
- Each HTML document must begin with a document type declaration that declares
- which version of HTML the document adheres to. HTML 4.0 comes in three flavors,
- each with a different DOCTYPE:
-
- HTML 4.0 Strict
-
- HTML 4.0 Strict is a trimmed down version of HTML 4.0 that
- emphasizes structure over presentation. Deprecated elements and
- attributes (including most presentational attributes), frames, and
- link targets are not allowed in HTML 4.0 Strict . By writing to HTML
- 4.0 Strict authors can achieve accessible, structurally rich
- documents that easily adapt to style sheets and different browsing
- situations. However, since many browsers lack full support for style
- sheets, HTML 4.0 Strict documents may look bland on common visual
- browsers such as Netscape Navigator 3.x.
-
- The document type declaration for HTML 4.0 Strict is
-
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
-
- HTML 4.0 Transitional
-
- HTML 4.0 Transitional includes all elements and attributes of HTML
- 4.0 Strict but adds presentational attributes, deprecated elements,
- and link targets. HTML 4.0 Transitional recognizes the relatively
- poor browser support for style sheets, allowing many HTML
- presentation features to be used as a transition towards HTML 4.0
- Strict.
-
- The document type declaration for HTML 4.0 Transitional is
-
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional //EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd">
-
- HTML 4.0 Frameset
-
- HTML 4.0 Frameset is a variant of HTML 4.0 Transitional for documents
- that use frames. The FRAMESET element replaces the BODY in a Frameset
- document.
-
- The document type declaration for HTML 4.0 Frameset is
-
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/frameset.dtd">
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.44. I - Italic text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- I - Italic Text
-
- Syntax
- <I>...</I>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The I element suggests that text be rendered as italic text. In most cases, use
- of a phrase elemens such as EM, DFN, VAR, or CITE is more appropriate since
- these elements express the meaning of the text more clearly.
-
- The I element is a suitable choice for marking a structure for which no phrase
- elemens exists. For example, foreign phrases and taxonomic names have no
- structural element in HTML 4.0, but italic text is often an appropriate visual
- rendering:
-
- <H1><I LANG=fr>Chacun son go√t !</I></H1>
- <P>Some people prefer dogs--
- <I CLASS=species>Canis familiaris</I>
- --while others are eternal lovers of cats--
- <I CLASS=species>Felis cattus</I>.
-
- Note the use of the CLASS and LANG attributes to add structural significance to
- the I elements. This allows greater flexibility when applying style sheets to
- different kinds of italic text.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.45. IFRAME - Inline frame ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- IFRAME - Inline Frame
-
- Syntax
- <IFRAME>...</IFRAME>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SRC= URI (URI of frame content)
- o NAME= CDATA (name of frame)
- o LONGDESC= URI (link to long description)
- o WIDTH= Length (frame width)
- o HEIGHT= Length (frame height)
- o ALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | left | right ] (frame alignment)
- o FRAMEBORDER=[ 1 | 0 ] (frame border)
- o MARGINWIDTH= Pixels (margin width)
- o MARGINHEIGHT= Pixels (margin height)
- o SCROLLING=[ yes | no | auto ] (ability to scroll)
- o core attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The IFRAME element defines an inline frame for the inclusion of external
- objects including other HTML documents. IFRAME provides a subset of the
- functionality of OBJECT; the only advantage to IFRAME is that an inline frame
- can act as a target for other links. OBJECT is more widely supported than
- IFRAME, and, unlike IFRAME, OBJECT is included in HTML 4.0 Strict.
-
- IFRAME's SRC attribute provides the location of the frame content--typically
- an HTML document. The optional NAME attribute specifies the name of the inline
- frame, allowing links to target the frame.
-
- The content of the IFRAME element is used as an alternative for browsers that
- are not configured to show or do not support inline frames. The content may
- consist of inline or block-level elements, though any block-level elements
- must be allowed inside the containing element of IFRAME. For example, an IFRAME
- within an H1 cannot contain an H2, but an IFRAME within a DIV can contain
- any block-level elements.
-
- The LONGDESC attribute gives the URI of a long description of the frame's
- contents. This is particularly useful for full descriptions of embedded
- objects. Note that LONGDESC describes the frame content while the content of
- the IFRAME element acts as a replacement when the external resource cannot be
- inlined.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <IFRAME SRC="recipe.html" TITLE="The Famous Recipe">
- <!-- Alternate
- content for non-supporting browsers -->
- <H2>The Famous Recipe</H2>
- <H3>Ingredients</H3>
- ...
- </IFRAME>
-
- The WIDTH and HEIGHT attributes specify the dimensions of the inline frame in
- pixels or as a percentage of the available space. The FRAMEBORDER attribute
- specifies whether or not a border should be drawn. The default value of 1
- results in a border while a value of 0 suppresses the border. Style sheets
- allow greater flexibility in suggesting the border presentation.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the alignment of the inline frame. The values
- top, middle, and bottom specify the frame's position with respect to
- surrounding content on its left and right.
-
- ALIGN=middle aligns the center of the frame with the current baseline. To
- center the frame horizontally on the page, place the frame in a centered block,
- e.g.,
-
- <P ALIGN=center>
- <IFRAME SRC="foo.html" WIDTH=300 HEIGHT=100></IFRAME>
- </P>
-
- The other ALIGN values, left and right, specify a floating frame; the frame
- is placed at the left or right margin and content flows around it. To place
- content below the frame, use <BR CLEAR=left|right|all> as appropriate.
-
- The vertical-align and float properties of Cascading Style Sheets provide
- more flexible methods of aligning inline frames.
-
- The MARGINWIDTH and MARGINHEIGHT attributes define the number of pixels to
- use as the left/right margins and top/bottom margins, respectively, within the
- inline frame. The value must be greater than one pixel.
-
- The SCROLLING attribute specifies whether scrollbars are provided for the
- inline frame. The default value, auto, generates scrollbars only when
- necessary. The value yes gives scrollbars at all times, and the value no
- suppresses scrollbars--even when they are needed to see all the content. The
- value no should never be used.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.46. IMG - Inline image ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- IMG - Inline Image
-
- Syntax
- <IMG>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SRC= URI (location of image)
- o ALT= Text (alternate text)
- o LONGDESC= URI (link to long description)
- o WIDTH= Length (image width)
- o HEIGHT= Length (image height)
- o USEMAP= URI (client-side image map)
- o ISMAP (server-side image map)
- o ALIGN=top|middle|bottom|left|right (image alignment)
- o BORDER= Length (link border width)
- o HSPACE= Pixels (horizontal gutter)
- o VSPACE= Pixels (vertical gutter)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements except PRE
-
- The IMG element specifies an inline image. The required SRC attribute
- specifies the location of the image. The image can be any format, though
- browsers generally only support GIF and JPEG images. Support for the PNG
- image format is growing slowly.
-
- The required ALT attribute provides alternate text for those not loading
- images. Effective ALT text should generally give the function of the image
- rather than a description of the image. For example, ALT="Welcome to XYZ
- Corp." would be more appropriate than ALT="XYZ Corp. Logo" for a company's
- logo on its welcome page. Good ALT text is crucial to the document's
- accessibility for the significant portion of users who do not load images; see
- Use of ALT texts in IMGs for a thorough discussion.
-
- The LONGDESC attribute gives the location of a long description of the image.
- This attribute should be used to provide a long description of an image where
- this would be useful. For example, a painting, graph, or corporate logo could
- be given a description so that blind and other text-only users can develop a
- mental picture of the image.
-
- The WIDTH and HEIGHT attributes are most useful when they specify the exact
- dimensions of the image in pixels. This allows image-loading browsers to
- reserve the proper amount of space for the image and continue to render the
- rest of the document, thus giving the appearance of a faster-loading page.
-
- Unfortunately, many graphical browsers will use these dimensions when not
- loading images, which can cause the ALT text to be cut off if the image is
- small or the ALT text is large. In such cases, authors may wish to leave off
- the WIDTH and HEIGHT attributes, depending on the importance of the ALT text
- and the placement of the image on the page (an image towards the end of the
- document without WIDTH and HEIGHT attributes will generally not noticeably
- slow the rendering of the page).
-
- Authors can also specify different dimensions for the WIDTH and HEIGHT
- attributes, in which case browsers should scale the image. Percentages,
- relative to the horizontal or vertical space available (not relative to the
- image's natural size) can also be specified, though these are not as widely
- supported as pixel lengths. Since browsers typically do a poor job of scaling
- images, authors should avoid using WIDTH and HEIGHT for this purpose as much
- as possible.
-
- The ALIGN attribute, deprecated in HTML 4.0, specifies the alignment of the
- image. The values top, middle, and bottom specify the image's position with
- respect to surrounding content on its left and right.
-
- ALIGN=middle aligns the center of the image with the current baseline. To
- center the image horizontally on the page, place the image in a centered block,
- e.g.,
-
- <H1 ALIGN=center>
- <IMG SRC="logo.gif" ALT="Welcome to XYZ Company">
- </H1>
-
- The other ALIGN values, left and right, specify a floating image; the image
- is placed at the left or right margin and content flows around it. To place
- content below the image, use <BR CLEAR=left|right|all> as appropriate.
-
- The vertical-align and float properties of Cascading Style Sheets provide
- more flexible methods of aligning images.
-
- The BORDER attribute, deprecated in HTML 4.0, specifies the width of the
- image's border. Specifying BORDER=0 will eliminate the border around a linked
- image in most browsers, though some allow the user to override this. Authors
- should only use BORDER=0 if the image would be clearly recognizable as a link,
- or as a method of de-emphasizing a link. For example:
-
- <A HREF="reference/">
- <IMG SRC="icon/reference.gif" ALT="" WIDTH=90 HEIGHT=90 BORDER=0>Web Authoring Reference
- </A>
-
- The deprecated HSPACE and VSPACE attributes allow an author to suggest
- horizontal gutters and vertical gutters, respectively, around the image. The
- value must be in pixels and applies to both sides of the image. Style sheets
- provide more flexibility in specifying the space around images.
-
- The USEMAP attribute is used with client-side image maps to give the location
- of the map definition. While this value may be a full URI--allowing a single
- map definition to be applied to multiple pages-- Netscape Navigator will only
- find map definitions in the same file, effectively limiting the USEMAP value
- to a fragment identifier such as "#map".
-
- The ISMAP attribute is used with server-side image maps. When the ISMAP
- attribute is included with a linked image and the user clicks the image, the
- image coordinates clicked are sent to the server, from which a location can be
- returned. The method of handling the coordinates is server-dependent, but the
- NCSA server's method is most common.
-
- Server-side image maps are better supported than client-side image maps, but
- almost all browsers today support both methods. Client-side image maps are
- generally preferred since they do not require an extra request to the server
- (and so are faster), and since they allow a usable menu to be provided to
- text-only users. Using both methods in combination is a good approach, since
- browsers supporting client-side image maps will use that method while older
- browsers will use the server-side image map. An example follows:
-
- <A HREF="/cgi-bin/imagemap/sitemap.map">
- <IMG SRC="sitemap.gif" ALT="Site Map" ISMAP USEMAP="#map" WIDTH=100 HEIGHT=100>
- </A>
-
- A MAP element named map would have to be included in the same document.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.47. INPUT - Form input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- INPUT - Form Input
-
- Syntax
- <INPUT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o TYPE=[ text | password | checkbox | radio | submit | reset | file |
- hidden | image | button ] (type of input)
- o NAME= CDATA (key in submitted form)
- o VALUE= CDATA (value of input)
- o CHECKED (check radio button or checkbox)
- o SIZE= CDATA (suggested number of characters for text input)
- o MAXLENGTH= Number (maximum number of characters for text input)
- o SRC= URI (source for image)
- o ALT= CDATA (alternate text for image input)
- o USEMAP= URI (client-side image map)
- o ALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | left | right ] (alignment of image input)
- o DISABLED (disable element)
- o READONLY (prevent changes)
- o ACCEPT= ContentTypes (media types for file upload)
- o ACCESSKEY= Character (shortcut key)
- o TABINDEX= Number (position in tabbing order)
- o ONFOCUS= Script (element received focus)
- o ONBLUR= Script (element lost focus)
- o ONSELECT= Script (element text selected)
- o ONCHANGE= Script (element value changed)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- Block-level elements, inline elements except BUTTON
-
- The INPUT element defines a form control for the user to enter input. While
- INPUT is most useful within a FORM, HTML 4.0 allows INPUT in any block-level
- or inline element other than BUTTON. However, Netscape Navigator will not
- display any INPUT elements outside of a FORM.
-
- When a form is submitted, the current value of each INPUT element within the
- FORM is sent to the server as name/value pairs. The INPUT element's NAME
- attribute provides the name used. The value sent depends on the type of form
- control and on the user's input.
-
- The type of form control defined by INPUT is given by the TYPE attribute.
- The default TYPE is text, which provides a single-line text input field. The
- VALUE attribute specifies the initial value for the text field. The SIZE and
- MAXLENGTH attributes suggest the number of characters and maximum number of
- characters, respectively, of the text field.
-
- While the MAXLENGTH attribute can be an effective guide to the user, authors
- should not depend on the enforcement of a maximum number of characters by the
- client. A user could copy the HTML document, remove the MAXLENGTH attribute,
- and submit the form. Thus authors of form handlers should ensure that any
- necessary input length checks are repeated on the server-side.
-
- The password input type is a variation on the text type. The only difference
- is that the input characters are masked, typically by a series of asterisks, to
- protect sensitive information from onlookers. Note, however, that the actual
- value is transmitted to the server as clear text, so password inputs do not
- provide sufficient security for credit card numbers or other highly sensitive
- information.
-
- The following example uses text and password fields with the LABEL element
- to bind text labels to the INPUT elements:
-
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=U>
- User name:
- <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=username SIZE=8 MAXLENGTH=8>
- </LABEL>
- </P>
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=P>Password:
- <INPUT TYPE=password NAME=pw SIZE=12 MAXLENGTH=12>
- </LABEL>
- </P>
-
- The boolean READONLY attribute, new in HTML 4.0 and poorly supported by
- current browsers, prevents the user from editing the content of the text or
- password input types. Read-only elements are still submitted with the form.
- The DISABLED attribute, which applies to all input types but is also poorly
- supported, disables the control. Disabled elements are read-only elements with
- the added restrictions that the values are not submitted with the form, the
- elements cannot receive focus, and the elements are skipped when navigating the
- document by tabbing.
-
- The radio and checkbox input types provide switches that can be turned on and
- off by the user. The two types differ in that radio buttons are grouped (by
- specifying the same NAME attribute on each INPUT) so that only one radio
- button in a group can be selected at any time. Checkboxes can be checked
- without changing the state of other checkboxes with the same NAME. The VALUE
- attribute, required for radio buttons and checkboxes, gives the value of the
- control when it is checked. The boolean CHECKED attribute specifies that the
- control is initially checked.
-
- Some browsers require one radio button in a group to be selected at all times.
- To ensure that an appropriate default choice is made, authors may wish to
- define one of the radio INPUT elements as CHECKED.
-
- In the following example, only one payment method may be selected by the user
- since the radio buttons have the same NAME:
-
- <P>Please indicate your method of payment:</P>
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=C>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME="payment_method" VALUE="credit card" CHECKED>
- Credit card
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=D>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME="payment_method" VALUE="debit card">
- Debit card
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=M>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME="payment_method" VALUE="money order">
- Money order
- </LABEL>
- </P>
-
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=S>
- <INPUT TYPE=checkbox NAME="send_receipt" VALUE="yes" CHECKED>
- Send receipt by e-mail
- </LABEL>
- </P>
-
- The file input type creates a field through which users can upload files from
- their local computer or network. The VALUE attribute specifies the name of the
- initial file, but it is typically ignored by browsers as a security precaution.
- The ACCEPT attribute gives a comma-separated list of media types accepted,
- allowing the browser to filter out inappropriate files. Current browsers
- generally ignore the ACCEPT attribute.
-
- A form that includes a file INPUT must specify METHOD=post and
- ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" in the <FORM> tag. CGI libraries such as
- CGI.pm allow simple handling of such forms.
-
- Form-based file upload is unsupported by many currently deployed browsers.
- Authors should provide alternative methods of input where possible.
-
- The following example allows the user to upload an HTML document for
- validation:
-
- <FORM METHOD=post
- ACTION="/cgi-bin/validate.cgi"
- ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data">
- <P>Select an HTML document to upload
- and validate. If your browser does not
- support form-based file upload, use one
- of our <A HREF="methods.html">alternate
- methods of validation</A>.</P>
- <P><INPUT TYPE=file NAME="html_file"
- ACCEPT="text/html"></P>
- <P><INPUT TYPE=submit VALUE="Validate
- it!"></P>
- </FORM>
-
- The hidden input type allows authors to include form data without having it
- rendered to the user. This is particularly useful in form applications that
- span several HTML documents; user input can be carried from form to form by
- hidden INPUTs. Some generalized CGI scripts use hidden INPUTs to define
- variables for the script, as in the following example, which defines a
- recipient and subject for the e-mailed contents of a form:
-
- <INPUT TYPE=hidden NAME=recipient
- VALUE="liam@htmlhelp.com">
- <INPUT TYPE=hidden NAME=subject
- VALUE="Feedback on your HTML Reference">
-
- Note that the fields are "hidden" in the sense that they are not rendered by
- the browser. Anyone can still view the HTML document's source to find the
- "hidden" fields.
-
- The TYPE value reset defines a button by which the user can reset the form to
- its initial values. The optional VALUE attribute of a reset button overrides
- the browser's default text for the button.
-
- The submit input type defines a button for submitting the form. As with
- reset, the optional VALUE attribute provides the text of the button. The
- presence of the NAME attribute will cause the browser to send a name/value pair
- for the submit button if it is used to submit the form. This allows authors to
- provide multiple submit buttons and have the form handler take a different
- action depending on the submit button used.
-
- The image input type specifies a graphical submit button. The SRC attribute
- must be included to specify the URI of the image. The ALT attribute should
- be used to give replacement text for those not loading images. ALT is a new
- addition in HTML 4.0; many browsers rely on either the NAME or VALUE
- attribute as alternate text, so authors should use all three attributes for the
- same purpose where possible. The topic of graphical submit buttons for text
- users is discussed in detail in the article INPUT TYPE=IMAGE for text users?.
-
- When the graphical submit button is clicked, the coordinates of the click are
- sent with the form submission as name.x=x-value and name.y=y-value where name
- is the value of the NAME attribute, x-value is the click's pixels from the
- left of the image, and y-value is the click's pixels from the top of the
- image. The USEMAP attribute combined with TYPE=image defines a client-side
- image map that can be used with client-side scripting, but this method is
- poorly supported. The USEMAP attribute gives the URI of the defining MAP.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute specifies the alignment of the graphical
- submit button. The values top, middle, and bottom specify the button's
- position with respect to surrounding content on its left and right. The values
- left and right specify a floating button; the image is placed at the left or
- right margin and content flows around it. To place content below the button,
- use <BR CLEAR=left|right|all> as appropriate.
-
- The vertical-align and float properties of Cascading Style Sheets provide
- more flexible methods of aligning buttons.
-
- The input type button specifies a push button for use with client-side
- scripting. The VALUE attribute gives the text label of the button. The
- ONCLICK attribute is typically used to define the action taken when the button
- is activated. An example follows:
-
- <INPUT TYPE=button VALUE="Hide non-strict attributes"
- ID=toggler ONCLICK="toggle()">
-
- In this example, the toggle() function, which would be defined earlier in a
- SCRIPT element, will be executed when the button is clicked. Since the button
- is only useful with client-side scripting enabled, authors should usually
- output the <INPUT TYPE=button> tag using the scripting language to avoid
- providing a non-functioning button to some users. A more complete version of
- the previous example would thus be as follows:
-
- <SCRIPT TYPE="text/javascript">
- <!--
- document.write("<INPUT TYPE=button VALUE=\"Hide non-strict attributes\""
- + "ID=toggler ONCLICK=\"toggle()\">");
- // -->
- </script>
-
- The BUTTON element allows richer labels for submit, reset, and push buttons,
- but a lack of browser support makes INPUT a more reliable choice at this time.
-
- The ACCESSKEY and TABINDEX attributes apply to all input types except hidden.
- ACCESSKEY specifies a single Unicode character as a shortcut key for giving
- focus to the form control. Authors can set the access key on the INPUT
- element or the LABEL element associated with it. Entities (e.g. é)
- may be used as the ACCESSKEY value.
-
- The TABINDEX attribute specifies a number between 0 and 32767 to indicate the
- tabbing order of the element. A form control with TABINDEX=0 or no TABINDEX
- attribute will be visited after any elements with a positive TABINDEX. Among
- positive TABINDEX values, the lower number receives focus first. In the case
- of a tie, the element appearing first in the HTML document takes precedence.
-
- The INPUT element also takes a number of attributes to specify client-side
- scripting actions for various events. In addition to the core events common
- to most elements, INPUT accepts the following event attributes:
-
- o ONFOCUS, when the element receives focus;
- o ONBLUR, when the element loses focus;
- o ONSELECT, when text in an input of type text or password is selected;
- o ONCHANGE, when the element loses focus and its value has changed since it
- received focus.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.48. INS - Inserted text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- INS - Inserted Text
-
- Syntax
- <INS>...</INS>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o CITE= URI (reason for insertion)
- o DATETIME= Datetime (date and time of insertion)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The INS element contains content that has been inserted. This element is
- useful in marking changes from one version of a document to the next. Through
- style sheets, authors can suggest an appropriate rendering, such as rendering
- the inserted content in italics, a different color, or a different voice.
-
- INS may be used as either a block-level element or an inline element. If
- used as an inline element (e.g., within a P), then INS may not contain any
- block-level elements.
-
- The optional CITE attribute of INS gives a URI with information on why the
- content was inserted. A brief explanation for the insertion can be given with
- the TITLE attribute, which may be rendered as a "tooltip" by some browsers.
-
- The optional DATETIME attribute specifies the date and time of the insertion.
- The value is case-sensitive and of the form YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssTZD. See the
- values section for a full explanation of this format.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <P>The CENTER element defines a block whose
- contents are centered horizontally on visual browsers.
- <INS CITE="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/appendix/changes.html#h-A.1.2"
- DATETIME="1997-12-19T00:00:00-05:00">
- Note that CENTER is deprecated in HTML 4.0.
- </INS></P>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.49. ISINDEX - Input prompt ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ISINDEX - Input Prompt
-
- Syntax
- <ISINDEX>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o PROMPT= Text (Prompt message)
- o core attributes
- o internationalization attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET, FORM, HEAD,
- IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The ISINDEX element defines a single-line text input. The label of the input
- field is specified using the element's PROMPT attribute. ISINDEX is
- deprecated in HTML 4.0 in favor of the INPUT element.
-
- The ISINDEX element is equivalent to a FORM with a single INPUT of type
- text, a METHOD of get, and an ACTION pointing to the URI of the document
- containing the ISINDEX element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.50. KBD - Text to be input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- KBD - Text to be Input
-
- Syntax
- <KBD>...</KBD>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The KBD element denotes text to be entered by the user. Visual browsers
- typically render KBD as monospaced text, but authors can suggest a rendering
- using style sheets. Since KBD is a structural element, it carries meaning,
- making it preferable to font style elements such as TT when marking up text
- to be entered by the user.
-
- Example:
-
- <P>If the question does not apply to you, enter
- <KBD>N/A</KBD>.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.51. LABEL - Form field label ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- LABEL - Form Field Label
-
- Syntax
- <LABEL>...</LABEL>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o FOR= IDREF (associated form field)
- o ACCESSKEY= Character (shortcut key)
- o ONFOCUS= Script (element received focus)
- o ONBLUR= Script (element lost focus)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements except LABEL
-
- Contained in
- Block-level elements, inline elements except BUTTON
-
- The LABEL element associates a label with a form control. By associating
- labels with form controls, authors give important hints to users of speech
- browsers while also allowing visual browsers to duplicate common GUI features
- (e.g., the ability to click on a text label to select a radio button or
- checkbox).
-
- Each LABEL element is associated with exactly one form control. The element's
- content is the label of the form control and may include inline elements such
- as IMG and STRONG.
-
- The FOR attribute explicitly specifies the control associated with the LABEL.
- The value of the FOR attribute must match the value of the associated form
- control's ID attribute. In the absence of the FOR attribute, the LABEL
- must contain the associated form control. This method of implicit association
- is convenient in many cases, but not an option when the form control and its
- label are in different table cells, paragraphs, or divisions. The following
- example illustrates both explicit and implicit label associations:
-
- <TABLE>
- <TR>
- <TD>
- <LABEL FOR=user ACCESSKEY=U>User</LABEL>
- </TD>
- <TD>
- <SELECT NAME=user ID=user>
- <OPTION>Jean</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Kim</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Brian</OPTION>
- </SELECT>
- </TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD><LABEL FOR=passwd ACCESSKEY=P>Password</LABEL></TD>
- <TD><INPUT TYPE=password NAME=password ID=passwd></TD>
- </TR>
- </TABLE>
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=S> <INPUT TYPE=checkbox NAME=save VALUE=yes> Save user
- name and password in a cookie </LABEL> </P> <P> <LABEL
- ACCESSKEY=C> Comments to post: <TEXTAREA NAME=comments ROWS=8
- COLS=50></TEXTAREA> </LABEL> </P>
-
- The ACCESSKEY attribute, used throughout the preceding example, specifies a
- single Unicode character as a shortcut key for giving focus to the LABEL, which
- passes the focus on to the associated form control. Entities (e.g. é)
- may be used as the ACCESSKEY value.
-
- The LABEL element also takes a number of attributes to specify client-side
- scripting actions for various events. In addition to the core events common
- to most elements, LABEL accepts the following event attributes:
-
- o ONFOCUS, when the element receives focus;
- o ONBLUR, when the element loses focus.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.52. LEGEND - Fieldset caption ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- LEGEND - Fieldset Caption
-
- Syntax
- <LEGEND>...</LEGEND>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ACCESSKEY= Character (shortcut key)
- o ALIGN=[ top | bottom | left | right ] (alignment relative to fieldset)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- FIELDSET
-
- The LEGEND element defines a caption for form controls grouped by the
- FIELDSET element. The LEGEND element must be at the start of a FIELDSET,
- before any other elements.
-
- While the LEGEND element is not widely supported by current browsers, it can
- still be used safely if a block-level element immediately follows the LEGEND.
- Combined with careful use of FIELDSET, this will cause non-supporting browsers
- to render the caption as its own paragraph. Elements such as STRONG, B, and
- BIG could also be used to help express the meaning of LEGEND to
- non-supporting browsers.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <FIELDSET>
- <LEGEND ACCESSKEY=C>Credit Card Information</LEGEND>
- <P>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=V>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME=card VALUE=visa> Visa
- </LABEL>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=M>
- <INPUT TYPE=radio NAME=card VALUE=mc> MasterCard
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=N>
- Number: <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=number>
- </LABEL>
- <BR>
- <LABEL ACCESSKEY=E>
- Expiry: <INPUT TYPE=text NAME=expiry>
- </LABEL>
- </P>
- </FIELDSET>
-
- LEGEND's ACCESSKEY attribute, used throughout the preceding example, specifies
- a single Unicode character as a shortcut key for giving focus to the LEGEND,
- allowing the user to quickly jump to a group of form controls. Entities (e.g.
- é) may be used as the ACCESSKEY value.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute of LEGEND suggests where the caption should
- be positioned relative to the FIELDSET on visual browsers. Possible values
- are top, bottom, left, and right. While ALIGN is deprecated, no alternative
- currently exists in Cascading Style Sheets.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.53. LI - List item ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- LI - List Item
-
- Syntax
- <LI>...</LI>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o TYPE=[ disc | square | circle | 1 | a | A | i | I ] (style of list item
- marker)
- o VALUE= Number (number in sequence)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements (except for LIs used within
- DIR and MENU, which do not allow block-level elements)
-
- Contained in
- OL, UL, DIR, MENU
-
- The LI element defines a list item. The element must be contained within
- DIR, MENU, OL or UL.
-
- Unless used with the deprecated MENU or DIR elements, LI may contain
- block-level elements, including H2, TABLE, UL, and OL. This allows OL and
- UL to be nested, as in the following example:
-
- <UL>
- <LI>
- <H2>HTML Document Type Definitions</H2>
- <UL>
- <LI><A HREF="html.dtd">HTML 2.0</A></LI>
- <LI><A HREF="HTML32.dtd">HTML 3.2</A></LI>
- <LI><A HREF="strict.dtd">HTML 4.0 Strict</A></LI>
- </UL>
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <H2>SGML Character Entity References</H2>
- <UL>
- <LI><A HREF="HTMLlat1.ent">Latin-1 Entities</A></LI>
- <LI><A HREF="HTMLsymbol.ent">Symbols and Greek Letters</A></LI>
- <LI><A HREF="HTMLspecial.ent">Other Special Characters</A></LI>
- </UL>
- </LI>
- </UL>
-
- When used with MENU and DIR, LI may not contain block-level elements, and
- lists cannot be nested.
-
- The deprecated TYPE attribute of LI suggests the rendering of the list item
- marker. Possible values are as follows:
-
- o Case-insensitive values for LI within a UL, DIR, or MENU:
-
- - disc (a filled-in circle)
- - square (a square outline)
- - circle (a circle outline)
-
- o Case-sensitive values for LI within an OL:
-
- - 1 (decimal numbers: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ...)
- - a (lowercase alphabetic: a, b, c, d, e, ...)
- - A (uppercase alphabetic: A, B, C, D, E, ...)
- - i (lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, iii, iv, v, ...)
- - I (uppercase Roman numerals: I, II, III, IV, V, ...)
-
- Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting list item styles. The
- list-style property of CSS includes the added abilities to suppress list item
- markers, use images as markers, and more.
-
- LI's VALUE attribute specifies the number of the list item when used with an
- OL. The number must be given as an integer, though the list item marker may be
- rendered in another form (for example, as a Roman numeral). Any LI element
- following in the same list will take its default sequence number based on the
- first preceding VALUE attribute. VALUE is deprecated in HTML 4.0, but no
- substitute currently exists in CSS.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.54. LINK - Document relationship ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- LINK - Document Relationship
-
- Syntax
- <LINK>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o REL= LinkTypes (relationship to link)
- o REV= LinkTypes (relationship from link)
- o HREF= URI (hypertext reference)
- o TYPE= ContentType (content-type of link)
- o TARGET= FrameTarget (frame to render link in)
- o MEDIA= MediaDesc (media appropriate for link)
- o HREFLANG= LanguageCode (language of link)
- o CHARSET= Charset (character encoding of link)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- HEAD
-
- The LINK element defines document relationships. Any number of LINK elements
- may be contained in the HEAD of a document. Many browsers lack support for
- LINK, so authors should not depend on the browser making the links available to
- the user.
-
- The REL and REV attributes define the nature of the relationship between the
- documents and the linked resource. REL defines a link relationship from the
- current document to the linked resource while REV defines a relationship in
- the opposite direction. For example,
-
- <LINK REL=Glossary HREF="foo.html">
-
- indicates that foo.html is a glossary for the current document while
-
- <LINK REV=Subsection HREF="bar.html">
-
- indicates that the current document is a subsection of bar.html. The value of
- the REL and REV attributes is a space-separated list of link types.
-
- Commonly used relationships include the next or previous document in a
- sequence, the starting page in a collection of documents, a document with
- copyright information, and information about the author. A document could
- define these relationships as follows:
-
- <LINK REL=Prev HREF="base.html" TITLE="BASE - Document Base URI">
- <LINK REL=Next HREF="meta.html"
- TITLE="META - Metadata">
- <LINK REL=Start HREF=""
- TITLE="HTML 4.0 Reference">
- <LINK REL=Copyright HREF="/copyright.html"
- TITLE="Copyright Notice">
- <LINK REV=Made HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com"
- TITLE="HTML 4.0 Reference Feedback">
-
- While the value of REL and REV is case-insensitive, the Lynx browser renders
- the relationship exactly as given by the author. Authors should therefore be
- consistent in their case, and may wish to capitalize the first letter while
- using lowercase for the rest.
-
- Authors can also use the LINK element to apply an external style sheet.
- REL=StyleSheet specifies a persistent or preferred style while REL="Alternate
- StyleSheet" defines an alternate style. A persistent style is one that is
- always applied when style sheets are enabled. The absence of the TITLE
- attribute indicates a persistent style.
-
- A preferred style is one that is automatically applied. The combination of
- REL=StyleSheet and a TITLE attribute specifies a preferred style. Authors
- cannot specify more than one preferred style.
-
- An alternate style is indicated by REL="Alternate StyleSheet". The user could
- choose to replace the preferred style sheet with an alternate one, though
- current browsers generally lack the ability to choose alternate styles.
-
- A single style may also be given through multiple style sheets:
-
- <LINK REL=StyleSheet HREF="basics.css"
- TITLE="Contemporary" TYPE="text/css">
- <LINK REL=StyleSheet HREF="tables.css"
- TITLE="Contemporary" TYPE="text/css">
- <LINK REL=StyleSheet HREF="forms.css"
- TITLE="Contemporary" TYPE="text/css">
-
- In this example, three style sheets are combined into one "Contemporary" style
- that is applied as a preferred style sheet. To combine multiple style sheets
- into a single style, each style sheet's LINK must use the same TITLE.
-
- LINK's MEDIA attribute specifies the media for which the linked resource is
- designed. With REL=StyleSheet, this allows authors to restrict a style sheet
- to certain output devices, such as printers or aural browsers. The attribute's
- value is a comma-separated list of media descriptors. The following media
- descriptors are defined in HTML 4.0 and are case-sensitive:
-
- o screen (the default), for non-paged computer screens;
- o tty, for fixed-pitch character grid displays (such as the display used by
- Lynx);
- o tv, for television-type devices with low resolution and limited
- scrollability;
- o projection, for projectors;
- o handheld, for handheld devices (characterized by a small, monochrome display
- and limited bandwidth);
- o print, for output to a printer;
- o braille, for braille tactile feedback devices;
- o aural, for speech synthesizers;
- o all, for all devices.
-
- Netscape Navigator 4.x incorrectly ignores any style sheet linked with a MEDIA
- value other than screen. For example, MEDIA="screen, projection" will cause
- the style sheet to be ignored by Navigator 4.x, even if the presentation device
- is a computer screen. Navigator 4.x also ignores style sheets declared with
- MEDIA=all. Most other browsers ignore the MEDIA attribute.
-
- The optional HREFLANG and CHARSET attributes of LINK give the language and
- character encoding, respectively, of the link. The language should be
- specified according to RFC 1766; examples include en for English, en-US for
- American English, and ja for Japanese. Examples of character encodings
- include ISO-8859-1, SHIFT_JIS, and UTF-8.
-
- The Alternate link relationship defines an alternate version of the document.
- Translations of a page can be identified by using REL=Alternate along with the
- HREFLANG attribute. Versions of the page tailored for specific media can be
- provided by combining REL=Alternate with the MEDIA attribute. Some examples
- follow:
-
- <LINK REL=Alternate
- HREF="index.fr.html"
- HREFLANG=fr
- LANG=fr
- TITLE="Version franчaise">
- <LINK REL=Alternate
- HREF="index.ja.html"
- HREFLANG=ja
- CHARSET="SHIFT_JIS"
- TITLE="Japanese version">
- <LINK REL=Alternate
- HREF="/distribution/html40.pdf"
- TYPE="application/pdf"
- MEDIA=print
- TITLE="PDF version">
-
- Note that the LANG and DIR attributes apply to the text of the TITLE
- attribute, not to the content of the link.
-
- The TARGET attribute is used with frames to specify in which frame the link
- should be rendered. If no frame with such a name exists, the link is rendered
- in a new window unless overridden by the user. Special frame names begin with
- an underscore:
-
- o _blank renders the link in a new, unnamed window
- o _self renders the link in the current frame (useful for overriding a BASE
- TARGET)
- o _parent renders the link in the immediate FRAMESET parent
- o _top renders the link in the full, unframed window
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.55. MAP - Image map ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- MAP - Image Map
-
- Syntax
- <MAP>...</MAP>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o NAME= CDATA (name of map)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more block-level elements or one or more AREA elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The MAP element defines a client-side image map for use with an IMG or
- OBJECT. MAP's required NAME attribute is used as an anchor for the USEMAP
- attribute of the IMG or OBJECT. While a MAP element can define image maps
- embedded in other files, browsers typically only support client-side image maps
- with the MAP in the same file as the image.
-
- MAP was originally defined to take one or more AREA elements that specified
- the coordinates of a clickable region on the image. An example follows:
-
- <MAP NAME=mymap>
- <AREA HREF="/reference/" ALT="HTML and
- CSS Reference" COORDS="5,5,95,195">
- <AREA HREF="/design/" ALT="Design
- Guide" COORDS="105,5,195,195">
- <AREA HREF="/tools/" ALT="Tools"
- COORDS="205,5,295,195">
- </MAP>
- <IMG SRC="sitemap.gif" ALT="Site map"
- USEMAP="#mymap" WIDTH=300 HEIGHT=200>
-
- HTML 4.0 extends the MAP element to take one or more block-level elements as
- an alternative to using AREA elements. Combined with the OBJECT element,
- this allows rich alternative content for those not loading images. However,
- due to poor and buggy browser support for OBJECT, client-side image maps
- through the IMG element are more reliable.
-
- When MAP is given within an OBJECT, its contents are not rendered on
- image-loading browsers. MAP may also be used outside the OBJECT element so
- that its contents are rendered.
-
- The following example gives two images, one an alternate if the first type of
- image is not supported. The images share a single image map definition, which
- is included within the OBJECT element. The MAP element contains a menu of
- links to be rendered on browsers not loading images.
-
- <OBJECT DATA="sitemap.png"
- USEMAP="#map" TYPE="image/png"
- TITLE="Site map" WIDTH=300 HEIGHT=200>
- <OBJECT DATA="sitemap.gif"
- USEMAP="#map" TYPE="image/gif"
- TITLE="Site map" WIDTH=300 HEIGHT=200>
- <MAP NAME=map>
- <UL>
- <LI><A HREF="/reference/"
- COORDS="5,5,95,195">HTML and CSS Reference</A>
- </LI>
- <LI><A HREF="/design/"
- COORDS="105,5,195,195">Design
- Guide</A>
- </LI>
- <LI><A HREF="/tools/index.html"
- COORDS="205,5,295,195">Tools</A>
- </LI>
- </UL>
- </MAP>
- </OBJECT>
- </OBJECT>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.56. MENU - Menu list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- MENU - Menu List
-
- Syntax
- <MENU>...</MENU>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o COMPACT (compact display)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more LI elements that cannot contain block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The MENU element defines a menu list. The element contains one or more LI
- elements that define the actual items of the list. The LI elements must not
- contain block-level elements, which prevents MENUs from being nested.
-
- The COMPACT attribute suggests that visual browsers render the list compactly,
- perhaps with reduced spacing between items. This attribute is not well
- supported among browsers.
-
- MENU is deprecated in HTML 4.0 in favor of UL.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.57. META - Metadata ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- META - Metadata
-
- Syntax
- <META>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o NAME= Name (property name)
- o HTTP-EQUIV= Name (HTTP response header name)
- o CONTENT= CDATA (associated data)
- o SCHEME= CDATA (form of data)
- o internationalization attributes (for the CONTENT)
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- HEAD
-
- The META element provides metadata such as a document's keywords,
- description, and author. Any number of META elements may be contained in the
- HEAD of a document.
-
- META's NAME attribute provides a property name while the CONTENT attribute
- gives the corresponding value. The CONTENT attribute value may contain text
- and entities, but it may not contain HTML tags.
-
- The optional SCHEME attribute gives the format of the property value. For
- example, a date property may require SCHEME="Month-Day-Year" to disambiguate
- the date from other formats such as SCHEME="Day-Month-Year".
-
- There is no standard list of META properties, so authors may define whatever
- metadata they like. The following example defines the author of the document:
-
- <META NAME=author CONTENT="Liam Quinn">
-
- Some search engines use keywords and description properties, giving extra
- weight to a document's keywords and providing its description with the link to
- the document. Example:
-
- <META NAME="description"
- CONTENT="A description of HTML 4.0's META element for metadata.">
- <META NAME="keywords"
- CONTENT="META, meta element, metadata, metainformation, meta
- data, meta information, keywords, description,
- refresh, HyperText Markup Language, HTML, HTML4,
- HTML 4.0, Web Design Group, WDG, <meta>
- tag, <META> tag">
-
- To avoid being truncated by search engines, the description should be brief--no
- more than 200 characters. Keywords are separated by commas and may be
- considered case sensitive by search engines. If the same keywords are repeated
- too often in the META element, some search engines will not index the
- document. Search engines typically only process the first 1000 characters of
- the keywords list.
-
- Some search engines also support the robots property for indicating whether a
- document should be indexed and whether its links should be followed. The
- associated CONTENT value is a comma-separated list of case-insensitive
- directives:
-
- o index specifies that the page should be indexed while noindex specifies
- that it should not be indexed;
- o follow specifies that the page's links should be followed while nofollow
- specifies that they should not be followed;
- o all is equivalent to index,follow (the default value);
- o none is equivalent to noindex,nofollow.
-
- For example, the following META element tells search engines and other robots
- not to index the page but to follow links on it:
-
- <META NAME=robots CONTENT="noindex,follow">
-
- Few search engines support the robots property at this time. For greater
- compliance by robots, authors should use the Robots Exclusion Protocol if
- possible.
-
- The HTTP-EQUIV attribute may be used in place of the NAME attribute to
- indicate that the property is an HTTP header. Some servers will send the HTTP
- header specified in the META element, and browsers often recognize the header
- even when it is not sent by the server. Examples:
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV=Expires
- CONTENT="Sun, 22 Mar 1998 16:18:35 GMT">
-
- sets the expiry date of the document.
-
- <META
- HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Script-Type" CONTENT="text/javascript">
-
- sets the client-side scripting language for inline scripts to JavaScript.
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
-
- sets the style language for inline styles to CSS.
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type"
- CONTENT="text/html; charset=SHIFT_JIS">
-
- sets the character encoding for the document to SHIFT_JIS (a Japanese
- encoding). Note that using META for this purpose rather than a true HTTP
- header causes some browsers to redraw the page after initially displaying it.
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV=Refresh CONTENT="10;
- URL=http://www.htmlhelp.com/">
-
- tells the browser to load http://www.htmlhelp.com/ 10 seconds after the current
- document has finished loading. Not all browsers support this, so authors
- should provide an alternate means of moving to the new page where necessary.
- The Refresh header is sometimes used for "splash screens" or when a page has
- moved, but the technique is not very effective since users may not even be
- looking at the window that is to be refreshed and since it messes up the user's
- history on many browsers. Some search engines penalize pages that use a
- Refresh of a few seconds or less.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.58. NOFRAMES - Frames alternate content ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- NOFRAMES - Frames Alternate Content
-
- Syntax
- <NOFRAMES>...<NOFRAMES>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
-
- o In HTML 4.0 Transitional: inline elements, block-level elements
- o In HTML 4.0 Frameset: one BODY element that must not contain any
- NOFRAMES elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, FRAMESET, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The NOFRAMES element contains content that should only be rendered when frames
- are not displayed. NOFRAMES is typically used in a Frameset document to
- provide alternate content for browsers that do not support frames or have
- frames disabled.
-
- When used within a FRAMESET, NOFRAMES must contain a BODY element. There
- must not be any NOFRAMES elements contained within this BODY element.
-
- A meaningful NOFRAMES element should always be provided in a Frameset document
- and should at the very least contain links to the main frame or frames.
- NOFRAMES should not contain a message telling the user to upgrade his or her
- browser. Some browsers support frames but allow the user to disable them.
-
- Various methods of automatically creating non-frames content exist. See Frames
- design guidelines: automatic no-frames content for more details.
-
- An example follows:
-
- <FRAMESET ROWS="*,100">
- <FRAMESET COLS="40%,*">
- <FRAME NAME="Menu" SRC="nav.html" TITLE="Menu">
- <FRAME NAME="Content" SRC="main.html" TITLE="Content">
- </FRAMESET>
- <FRAME NAME="Ad" SRC="ad.html" TITLE="Advertisement">
- <NOFRAMES>
- <BODY>
- <H1>Table of Contents</H1>
- <UL>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/html40/">HTML 4.0 Reference</A>
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/wilbur/">HTML 3.2 Reference</A>
- </LI>
- <LI>
- <A HREF="reference/css/">CSS Guide</A>
- </LI>
- </UL>
- <P>
- <IMG SRC="ad.gif" ALT="Ad: Does your bank charge too much?">
- </P>
- </BODY>
- </NOFRAMES>
- </FRAMESET>
-
- In HTML 4.0 Transitional, the NOFRAMES element is also permitted within most
- block-level elements. This allows authors to include content, such as
- navigation aids, that should only be displayed if the document is not being
- viewed within a frameset. Such use helps to ensure that a frame could stand on
- its own if bookmarked or accessed through a search engine while not burdening
- the frames user with duplicate content. However, most browsers do not support
- this use of NOFRAMES and will always display the content.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.59. NOSCRIPT - Alternate script content ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- NOSCRIPT - Non-script Content
-
- Syntax
- <NOSCRIPT>...</NOSCRIPT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Block-level elements, inline elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The NOSCRIPT element provides alternate content for a client-side script that
- was not executed. A script will fail to execute if the browser does not
- support the scripting language or if the user has disabled client-side
- scripting. NOSCRIPT should follow the SCRIPT element for which it provides
- alternate content.
-
- Note that most browsers will fail to render the contents of NOSCRIPT if the
- scripting language is not supported and the user has enabled client-side
- scripting. Most browsers will only render NOSCRIPT when the user has disabled
- client-side scripting.
-
- Also note that Netscape Navigator 2.x supports JavaScript 1.0 but still
- renders all NOSCRIPT content.
-
- Since client-side scripts usually provide dynamic interactivity that cannot be
- replaced by static content, the NOSCRIPT element is generally not useful.
- Authors should try to use client-side scripts as optional enhancements that are
- not integral components of the Web page. In the case of form validation, any
- error checking done by the client-side script should be repeated by the CGI
- script or Java servlet that handles the submission at the server.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.60. OBJECT - Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- OBJECT - Embedded Object
-
- Syntax
- <OBJECT>...</OBJECT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o DATA= URI (object data)
- o CLASSID= URI (location of implementation)
- o ARCHIVE= CDATA (archive files)
- o CODEBASE= URI (base URI for CLASSID, DATA, ARCHIVE)
- o WIDTH= Length (object width)
- o HEIGHT= Length (object height)
- o NAME= CDATA (name for form submission)
- o USEMAP= URI (client-side image map)
- o TYPE= ContentType (content-type of object)
- o CODETYPE= ContentType (content-type of code)
- o STANDBY= Text (message to show while loading)
- o TABINDEX= NUMBER (position in tabbing order)
- o DECLARE (do not instantiate object)
- o ALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | left | right ] (object alignment)
- o BORDER= Length (link border width)
- o HSPACE= Pixels (horizontal gutter)
- o VSPACE= Pixels (vertical gutter)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- PARAM elements followed by block-level elements and/or inline
- elements
-
- Contained in
- HEAD, inline elements, block-level elements except PRE
-
- The OBJECT element is used to include objects such as images, videos, Java
- applets, and VRML worlds. OBJECT is intended to replace the more specific
- IMG and APPLET elements, as well as the proprietary EMBED and BGSOUND
- elements, though a lack of browser support and severe bugs in supporting
- browsers make the other elements a better choice for the time being.
-
- OBJECT's DATA attribute specifies the URI of the embedded object. Relative
- URIs are interpreted with respect to the CODEBASE attribute if it is given.
-
- The WIDTH and HEIGHT attributes define the dimensions of the object. The
- value may be given in pixels or as a percentage of the parent element's width
- or height. Most browsers require the WIDTH and HEIGHT attributes for all
- objects embedded using OBJECT.
-
- The CLASSID may be used to specify an implementation for the object. Java
- applets, Python applets, and ActiveX controls all provide implementations for
- the embedded object, and so are specified with the CLASSID attribute, as in
- the following example:
-
- <OBJECT CLASSID="yahtzee.py"
- CODETYPE="application/x-python" STANDBY="Ready to play
- Yahtzee?" TITLE="My Yahtzee Game">
- <OBJECT CLASSID="java:Yahtzee.class"
- CODETYPE="application/java" WIDTH=400 HEIGHT=250 STANDBY="Ready to play
- Yahtzee?" TITLE="My Yahtzee Game">
- <OBJECT DATA="yahtzee.gif" TYPE="image/gif" TITLE="A
- Yahtzee animation" WIDTH=200 HEIGHT=100>
- Yahtzee is my <EM>favorite</EM> game!
- </OBJECT>
- </OBJECT>
- </OBJECT>
-
- This example also demonstrates the use of alternate content for browsers that
- cannot display the embedded object. In the example, a Yahtzee game written in
- Python is used if the browser supports it. A Java version is provided as an
- alternate for browsers that do not support Python applets. An image is given
- for browsers that cannot show the Java or Python applets, and plain text is
- used as a final alternate if images are not loaded. Note that OBJECT is
- backwards compatible with pre-HTML 4.0 browsers since they will ignore the
- <OBJECT> tags and render the innermost alternate content (the text in the
- example).
-
- The preceding example also makes use of the TYPE and CODETYPE attributes to
- allow browsers to avoid requesting a file that they cannot render. The TYPE
- attribute specifies the media type of the resource referenced by the DATA
- attribute while the CODETYPE attribute specifies the media type of the CLASSID
- data.
-
- The STANDBY attribute is also utilized in the example. This attribute
- provides short text to display while the object is loading.
-
- The ARCHIVE attribute can specify a space-separated list of archived files
- (either absolute URIs or URIs relative to the CODEBASE), allowing the browser
- to download many files with a single connection and hence decreasing the total
- download time. The standard archive format for Java files is JAR. JAR files
- can be created with the jar tool included with the Java Development Kit 1.1
- and up.
-
- The DECLARE attribute makes the object a declaration that is not immediately
- instantiated. This allows the object to be instantiated from a link, button,
- or object later in the same document. The ID attribute must be used with
- declared objects as an identifier for the instantiating element. For example:
-
- <OBJECT DECLARE ID=yahtzee CLASSID="java:Yahtzee.class"
- CODETYPE="application/java" WIDTH=400 HEIGHT=250
- TITLE="My Yahtzee Game">
- <IMG SRC="yahtzee.gif" ALT="You get the dice!"
- TITLE="Yahtzee animation">
- </OBJECT>
- ...
- <P>Ready to <A HREF="#yahtzee">play Yahtzee</A>?</P>
-
- The OBJECT element may contain PARAM elements--before any other content--to
- provide run-time initialization data. The following example embeds a video,
- with an audio clip for alternate content, and includes parameters commonly
- understood by audio/video plug-ins. Note the placement of PARAM elements
- before alternate content.
-
- <OBJECT DATA="mlk.mov" TYPE="video/quicktime"
- TITLE="Martin Luther King's "I Have a Dream"
- speech" WIDTH=150 HEIGHT=150>
- <PARAM NAME=pluginspage
- VALUE="http://quicktime.apple.com/">
- <PARAM NAME=autoplay VALUE=true>
- <OBJECT DATA="mlk.wav" TYPE="audio/x-wav" TITLE="Martin
- Luther King's "I Have a Dream" speech">
- <PARAM NAME=autostart VALUE=true>
- <PARAM NAME=hidden VALUE=true>
- <A HREF="mlk.html">Full text of Martin Luther King's "I
- Have a Dream" speech</A>
- </OBJECT>
- </OBJECT>
-
- The USEMAP attribute can be used with OBJECT to embed a clickable image where
- different coordinates have different link destinations. Image maps via the
- IMG element are better supported, but OBJECT-based image maps allow a full
- textual alternative for browsers not loading images. The USEMAP attribute
- points to a MAP element whose contents define the links of the various
- coordinates. The MAP may be included within the OBJECT, in which case its
- contents are not rendered on image-loading browsers, or it may be given outside
- the OBJECT element so that its contents are rendered.
-
- The following example gives two images, one an alternate if the first type of
- image is not supported. The images share a single image map definition, which
- is included within the OBJECT element. The MAP element contains a menu of
- links to be rendered on browsers not loading images.
-
- <OBJECT DATA="sitemap.png" USEMAP="#map" TYPE="image/png"
- TITLE="Site map" WIDTH=300 HEIGHT=200>
- <OBJECT DATA="sitemap.gif" USEMAP="#map" TYPE="image/gif"
- TITLE="Site map" WIDTH=300 HEIGHT=200>
- <MAP NAME=map>
- <UL>
- <LI><A HREF="/reference/" COORDS="5,5,95,195">HTML and
- CSS Reference</A></LI>
- <LI><A HREF="/design/" COORDS="105,5,195,195">Design
- Guide</A></LI>
- <LI><A HREF="/tools/index.html"
- COORDS="205,5,295,195">Tools</A></LI>
- </UL>
- </MAP>
- </OBJECT>
- </OBJECT>
-
- The TABINDEX attribute specifies a number between 0 and 32767 to indicate the
- tabbing order of the element. An object with TABINDEX=0 or no TABINDEX
- attribute will be visited after any elements with a positive TABINDEX. Among
- positive TABINDEX values, the lower number receives focus first. In the case
- of a tie, the element appearing first in the HTML document takes precedence.
-
- The ALIGN attribute, deprecated in HTML 4.0, specifies the alignment of the
- object. The values top, middle, and bottom specify the object's position with
- respect to surrounding content on its left and right.
-
- ALIGN=middle aligns the center of the object with the current baseline. To
- center the object horizontally on the page, place the object in a centered
- block, e.g.,
-
- <P ALIGN=center><OBJECT DATA="foo.mov"
- TYPE="video/quicktime"></OBJECT></P>
-
- The other ALIGN values, left and right, specify a floating object; the
- object is placed at the left or right margin and content flows around it. To
- place content below the object, use <BR CLEAR=left|right|all> as appropriate.
-
- The vertical-align and float properties of Cascading Style Sheets provide
- more flexible methods of aligning objects.
-
- The BORDER attribute, deprecated in HTML 4.0, specifies the width of the
- object's border. Specifying BORDER=0 will eliminate the border around a
- linked object in most browsers, though some allow the user to override this.
- Authors should only use BORDER=0 if the object would be clearly recognizable
- as a link, or as a method of de-emphasizing a link. For example:
-
- <A HREF="reference/"><OBJECT DATA="icon/reference.gif"
- WIDTH=90 HEIGHT=90 BORDER=0></OBJECT>Web Authoring
- Reference</A>
-
- The deprecated HSPACE and VSPACE attributes allow an author to suggest
- horizontal gutters and vertical gutters, respectively, around the object. The
- value must be in pixels and applies to both sides of the object. Style sheets
- provide more flexibility in specifying the space around objects.
-
- The OBJECT element is most useful as a BODY element and can be contained
- within either inline or block-level elements. The contents of OBJECT should
- be elements that can be contained within OBJECT's parent element. For example,
- an A element containing an OBJECT should not have any block-level elements
- as the contents of the OBJECT.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.61. OL - Ordered list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- OL - Ordered List
-
- Syntax
- <OL>...</OL>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o TYPE=[ 1 | a | A | i | I ] (numbering style)
- o START= Number (starting number)
- o COMPACT (compact display)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more LI elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The OL element defines an ordered list. The element contains one or more LI
- elements that define the actual items of the list.
-
- Unlike with an unordered list ( UL), the items of an ordered list have a
- definite sequence. Items in an ordered list are numbered by the browser.
-
- The deprecated TYPE attribute of OL suggests the numbering style on visual
- browsers. The case-sensitive values are as follows:
-
- o 1 (decimal numbers: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ...)
- o a (lowercase alphabetic: a, b, c, d, e, ...)
- o A (uppercase alphabetic: A, B, C, D, E, ...)
- o i (lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, iii, iv, v, ...)
- o I (uppercase Roman numerals: I, II, III, IV, V, ...)
-
- The numbering style on an individual list item can be suggested using the TYPE
- attribute of LI. The list-style-type property of CSS provides greater
- flexibility in suggesting numbering styles.
-
- The deprecated START attribute suggests the starting number for the list and
- defaults to 1. The value of START must be an integer, but the number may be
- presented in a different form (for example, as a Roman numeral). While this
- attribute is deprecated, there is currently no substitute for it in Cascading
- Style Sheets.
-
- The deprecated COMPACT attribute suggests that visual browsers render the
- list compactly, perhaps with reduced spacing between items. This attribute is
- not well supported among browsers.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.62. OPTGROUP - Option group ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- OPTGROUP - Option Group
-
- Syntax
- <OPTGROUP>...</OPTGROUP>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o LABEL= Text (group label)
- o DISABLED (disable group of choices)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more OPTION elements
-
- Contained in
- SELECT
-
- The OPTGROUP element defines a group of choices within a SELECT menu.
- OPTGROUP must contain one or more OPTION elements to define the actual
- choices.
-
- The required LABEL attribute specifies the group label presented to the user.
- The LABEL should describe the group of choices available through the
- OPTGROUP's OPTIONs. Each OPTION generally uses a LABEL attribute as well to
- provide a shortened label that, together with the OPTGROUP's LABEL, gives a
- complete description of the option. An example follows:
-
- <P>Which Web browser do you use most often?
- <SELECT NAME=browser>
- <OPTGROUP LABEL="Netscape Navigator">
- <OPTION LABEL="4.x or higher">
- Netscape Navigator 4.x or higher
- </OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="3.x">Netscape Navigator 3.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="2.x">Netscape Navigator 2.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="1.x">Netscape Navigator 1.x</OPTION>
- </OPTGROUP>
- <OPTGROUP LABEL="Microsoft Internet Explorer">
- <OPTION LABEL="4.x or higher">
- Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.x or higher </OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="3.x">Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="2.x">Microsoft Internet Explorer 2.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="1.x">Microsoft Internet Explorer 1.x</OPTION>
- </OPTGROUP>
- <OPTGROUP LABEL="Opera">
- <OPTION LABEL="3.x or higher">
- Opera 3.x or higher
- </OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="2.x">Opera 2.x</OPTION>
- </OPTGROUP>
- <OPTION>Other</OPTION>
- </SELECT>
- </P>
-
- OPTGROUP is not well supported by current browsers, but its design allows
- authors to use it today without sacrificing compatibility with non-supporting
- browsers. Supporting browsers will render the preceding example using the
- LABEL attribute of OPTION to provide just the version number, along with the
- OPTGROUP's LABEL, which gives the full name of the application. This allows a
- compact display with easy-to-use cascading menus.
-
- Non-supporting browsers will ignore the OPTGROUP elements and LABEL
- attributes, providing the full name and version for each choice. Thus authors
- can fully use OPTGROUP despite its lack of browser support.
-
- Note that, in HTML 4.0, OPTGROUP is limited to containing only OPTION
- elements, thus preventing nested OPTGROUPs with multi-level cascades. Future
- versions of HTML may add support for nested option groups.
-
- The boolean DISABLED attribute makes the option group unavailable. The
- options of a disabled option group cannot be selected by the user and are never
- submitted with the form.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.63. OPTION - Menu option ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- OPTION - Menu Option
-
- Syntax
- <OPTION>...</OPTION>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o VALUE= CDATA (value of option)
- o SELECTED (choice initially selected)
- o DISABLED (disable choice)
- o LABEL= Text (option label)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Plain text (including entities)
-
- Contained in
- SELECT, OPTGROUP
-
- The OPTION element defines a menu choice within a SELECT menu. The value of
- the option, sent with a submitted form, is specified with the VALUE attribute.
- In the absence of a VALUE attribute, the value is the content of the OPTION
- element.
-
- The boolean SELECTED attribute defines the OPTION to be initially selected.
- A SELECT element can only have one OPTION selected at any time unless the
- MULTIPLE attribute is present on SELECT.
-
- If the SELECT element does not use the MULTIPLE or SIZE attributes, some
- browsers will automatically (and incorrectly) select an option. To ensure that
- a suitable option is selected, authors may wish to use the SELECTED attribute
- on an OPTION. If no option is a suitable default, consider using a dummy
- option, as in the following example:
-
- <SELECT NAME="marital_status">
- <OPTION SELECTED VALUE="">Select...</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Single</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Married</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Separated</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Divorced</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Widowed</OPTION>
- </SELECT>
-
- The boolean DISABLED attribute, new in HTML 4.0 and poorly supported by
- current browsers, makes the OPTION element unavailable. A disabled option
- cannot be selected by the user and is never submitted with the form.
-
- The LABEL attribute specifies the option label presented to the user. This
- defaults to the content of the OPTION element, but the LABEL attribute allows
- authors to more easily use OPTGROUP without sacrificing compatibility with
- browsers that do not support option groups. The following example illustrates
- the technique:
-
- <P>Which Web browser do you use most often?
- <SELECT NAME=browser>
- <OPTGROUP LABEL="Netscape Navigator">
- <OPTION LABEL="4.x or higher">
- Netscape Navigator 4.x or higher
- </OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="3.x">Netscape Navigator 3.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="2.x">Netscape Navigator 2.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="1.x">Netscape Navigator 1.x</OPTION>
- </OPTGROUP>
- <OPTGROUP LABEL="Microsoft Internet Explorer">
- <OPTION LABEL="4.x or higher">
- Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.x or higher
- </OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="3.x">Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="2.x">Microsoft Internet Explorer 2.x</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="1.x">Microsoft Internet Explorer 1.x</OPTION>
- </OPTGROUP>
- <OPTGROUP LABEL="Opera">
- <OPTION LABEL="3.x or higher">Opera 3.x or higher</OPTION>
- <OPTION LABEL="2.x">Opera 2.x</OPTION>
- </OPTGROUP>
- <OPTION>Other</OPTION>
- </SELECT>
- </P>
-
- OPTGROUP and OPTION's LABEL attribute were introduced together, so browsers
- should support both features or neither of them. Supporting browsers will
- render the preceding example using the LABEL attribute of OPTION to provide
- just the version number, along with the OPTGROUP's LABEL, which gives the full
- name of the application. This allows a compact display with cascading menus,
- but many browsers do not yet support OPTGROUP. These browsers will ignore the
- OPTGROUP elements and LABEL attributes, providing the full name and version
- for each choice. Thus authors can fully use OPTGROUP despite its lack of
- browser support.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.64. P - Paragraph ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- P - Paragraph
-
- Syntax
- <P>...</P>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify ] (horizontal alignment)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- ADDRESS, APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DEL, DD, DIV,
- FIELDSET, FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD,
- TH
-
- The P element defines a paragraph. The closing tag for P is optional, but
- its use prevents common browser bugs with style sheets. Note that P cannot
- contain block-level elements such as TABLE and ADDRESS.
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment for the
- content of the paragraph on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right,
- center, and justify. Style sheets provide greater flexibility in suggesting
- paragraph alignment.
-
- HTML does not specify a presentation for the P element. Visual browsers
- commonly use block paragraphs with no first-line indent and separated by a
- blank line, but some browsers allow the user to specify a different
- presentation. An author can suggest paragraph indentation and spacing using
- style sheets. The following CSS ruleset suggests a possible presentation for
- paragraphs:
-
- P { margin-top: 0; text-indent: 5% }
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.65. PARAM - Object parameter ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- PARAM - Object Parameter
-
- Syntax
- <PARAM>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o NAME= CDATA (property name)
- o VALUE= CDATA (property value)
- o VALUETYPE=[ data | ref | object ] (type of value)
- o TYPE= ContentType (content-type of value resource)
- o ID= ID
-
- Contents
- Empty
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, OBJECT
-
- The PARAM element provides parameters for the OBJECT and APPLET elements.
- An OBJECT or APPLET may contain any number of PARAM elements prior to the
- alternate content that is also contained within the OBJECT or APPLET element.
-
- The required NAME attribute of PARAM gives the name of the parameter while
- the VALUE attribute gives the parameter's value. The parameters recognized
- are specific to the kind of object being embedded or to the plug-in that
- renders the embedded object. For example, a clock applet may accept parameters
- to specify the style of the clock and the colors to use:
-
- <OBJECT CLASSID="java:Clock.class"
- CODETYPE="application/java" WIDTH=100 HEIGHT=100 TITLE="A
- real live clock!" STANDBY="Do you know what time it is?">
- <PARAM NAME=TYPE VALUE=ANALOG>
- <PARAM NAME=BGCOLOR VALUE=WHITE>
- <PARAM NAME=FGCOLOR VALUE=NAVY>
- </OBJECT>
-
- Note that the PARAM elements used in the preceding example would not change if
- the APPLET element were used in place of OBJECT.
-
- Objects such as videos, audio clips, and VRML worlds are typically handled by
- browser plug-ins. Each plug-in recognizes certain parameters, which can make
- choosing parameters difficult when the author does not know which plug-in the
- user has. However, unsupported parameters should be safely ignored. The
- following example uses parameters specific to the QuickTime movie plug-in as
- well as parameters specific to the LiveAudio audio plug-in:
-
- <OBJECT DATA="mlk.mov" TYPE="video/quicktime"
- TITLE="Martin Luther King's "I Have a Dream"
- speech" WIDTH=150 HEIGHT=150>
- <PARAM NAME=pluginspage
- VALUE="http://quicktime.apple.com/">
- <PARAM NAME=autoplay VALUE=true>
- <OBJECT DATA="mlk.wav" TYPE="audio/x-wav" TITLE="Martin
- Luther King's "I Have a Dream" speech">
- <PARAM NAME=autostart VALUE=true>
- <PARAM NAME=hidden VALUE=true>
- <A HREF="mlk.html">Full text of Martin Luther King's "I
- Have a Dream" speech</A>
- </OBJECT>
- </OBJECT>
-
- Note that only the parameters specified within the OBJECT and prior to the
- alternate content are passed onto the plug-in, so that the pluginspage and
- autoplay parameters are used if the QuickTime movie is played while the
- autostart and hidden parameters are used if the audio clip is played.
-
- The VALUETYPE parameter of PARAM designates the type of the VALUE attribute.
- The default value for VALUETYPE is data, which indicates that the VALUE
- attribute contains a string.
-
- The ref value for VALUETYPE indicates that the VALUE attribute contains a
- URI where run-time values are stored. The Internet media type of the resource
- is specified by the TYPE attribute. The following example uses values with
- VALUETYPE=ref to specify the location of images to animate and a sound to play
- during the animation:
-
- <OBJECT CLASSID="java:Animator.class"
- CODETYPE="application/java" WIDTH=200 HEIGHT=300
- TITLE="Wedding Photos">
- <PARAM NAME=IMAGE1 VALUE="images/wedding/bride.jpg"
- VALUETYPE=ref TYPE="image/jpeg">
- <PARAM NAME=IMAGE2 VALUE="images/wedding/groom.jpg"
- VALUETYPE=ref TYPE="image/jpeg">
- <PARAM NAME=IMAGE3 VALUE="images/wedding/cake.jpg"
- VALUETYPE=ref TYPE="image/jpeg">
- <PARAM NAME=SOUND
- VALUE="http://www.htmlhelp.com/sounds/weddingmarch.au"
- VALUETYPE=ref TYPE="audio/basic">
- </OBJECT>
-
- The URI specified by VALUE is passed to the object without being resolved to
- a full URL. In the preceding example, the Java class would be responsible for
- resolving and fetching the contents of partial URIs like
- "images/wedding/cake.jpg".
-
- VALUETYPE also takes an object value, for use when a VALUE attribute
- specifies an identifier of a separate OBJECT in the document. The following
- example features a hypothetical application for interactively walking through
- the frames of an animated GIF. The GIF is loaded in a separate OBJECT from
- the application that uses it.
-
- <OBJECT DECLARE ID=mygif DATA="animation.gif"
- TYPE="image/gif">
- </OBJECT>
- <OBJECT CLASSID="framepicker">
- <PARAM NAME=image VALUE="#mygif" VALUETYPE=object>
- <IMG SRC="animation.gif" ALT="[Example of an animated
- GIF]"> </OBJECT>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.66. PRE - Preformatted text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- PRE - Preformatted Text
-
- Syntax
- <PRE>...</PRE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o WIDTH= Number (line width)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements except IMG, OBJECT, APPLET, BIG, SMALL, SUB, SUP,
- FONT, BASEFONT
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The PRE element contains preformatted text. Visual browsers should render
- preformatted text in a fixed-pitch font, should not collapse whitespace, and
- should not wrap long lines.
-
- PRE is useful for formatting computer code or poetry where whitespace is
- important, but since preformatted text is inherently visual, authors should
- avoid dependence on it wherever possible. When using PRE, authors should avoid
- altering the element's fixed-pitch font or non-collapsing whitespace properties
- by means of style sheets.
-
- The following example features Java code in a PRE element:
-
- <PRE><CODE CLASS=Java>
- class HelloWorld {
- public static void main(String[] args) {
- System.out.println("Hello World!");
- }
- }
- </CODE></PRE>
-
- The code in the preceding example would be more difficult to read if it were
- not preformatted, and so PRE is used to provide the proper spacing. Note that
- the CODE element is also included to add structural information.
-
- The deprecated WIDTH attribute of PRE tells the browser the expected line
- length of the preformatted block so that a suitable font size or margin can be
- used. Browsers ignore this attribute in practice.
-
- The bidirectional algorithm that determines the directionality of text still
- applies within the PRE element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.67. Q - Short quotation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Q - Short Quotation
-
- Syntax
- <Q>...</Q>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o CITE= URI (source of quotation)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The Q element is used for short, inline quotations. For longer (block)
- quotations, use the BLOCKQUOTE element.
-
- The Q element's optional CITE attribute provides a URI of the source of the
- quotation. Some examples follow:
-
- <P>In the words of Albert Einstein,
- <Q>God does <EM>not</EM> play dice.</Q></P>
-
- <P>According to Dave Raggett,
- <Q CITE="http://www.w3.org/Press/HTML4-REC">
- HTML 4.0 gives Web designers the ability to create dynamic visually
- exciting pages that are accessible to all.
- </Q></P>
-
- Note that authors should not include their own quotation marks when using the Q
- element. However, this can be a problem since almost all current browsers lack
- support for Q. Authors may prefer to avoid Q and insert their own quotation
- marks. Another alternative is to use I in combination with Q so that the
- quotation is distinguished from other text in most browsers. The previous
- example could also be given as follows:
-
- <P>According to Dave Raggett,
- <I><Q CITE="http://www.w3.org/Press/HTML4-REC">
- HTML 4.0 gives Web designers the ability to create dynamic visually
- exciting pages that are accessible to all.
- </Q></I></P>
-
- Browsers supporting Q should properly handle nested quotations. They should
- also use quotation marks suitable to the language of the quotation, based on
- the LANG attribute of Q or the language of its parent.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.68. S - Strike-through text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- S - Strike-through Text
-
- Syntax
- <S>...</S>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The S element, deprecated in HTML 4.0, suggests that text be rendered with a
- strike-through style. In many cases, use of a phrase elemens such as DEL is
- more appropriate since such elements express the meaning of the text more
- clearly. However, since support for DEL among browsers is weak, S could be
- useful in combination with DEL, as in the following example:
-
- The latest version of HTML recommended by the W3C is HTML
- <DEL DATETIME="1997-12-19T00:00:00-05:00"><S>3.2</S></DEL>
- <INS DATETIME="1997-12-19T00:00:00-05:00">4.0</INS>.
-
- Note that STRIKE is better supported than S (based on Netscape 2.x and 1.22
- supporting STRIKE but not S), and so STRIKE should be used in place of S. There
- does not appear to be any advantage to using both STRIKE and S; all browsers
- that support S also seem to support STRIKE.
-
- If DEL is not a suitable structure, style sheets should be used to complement
- or replace instances of S. CSS1 provides the text-decoration property for
- strike-through text.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.69. SAMP - Sample output ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- SAMP - Sample Output
-
- Syntax
- <SAMP>...</SAMP>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The SAMP element denotes sample output, such as from a program or script.
- Visual browsers typically render SAMP as monospaced text, but authors can
- suggest a rendering using style sheets. Since SAMP is a structural element,
- it carries meaning, making it preferable to font style elements such as TT
- when marking up sample output.
-
- Example:
-
- <P>When an undefined element is used in an HTML document, a validator
- will give an error like the following:</P>
-
- <P><SAMP>C:\SP\BIN\NSGMLSU.EXE:test.html:4:7:E:
- element "FOOBAR" undefined</SAMP></P>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.70. SCRIPT - Client-side script ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- SCRIPT - Client-side Script
-
- Syntax
- <SCRIPT>...</SCRIPT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o TYPE= ContentType (content-type of scripting language)
- o LANGUAGE= CDATA (scripting language name)
- o SRC= URI (external script location)
- o CHARSET= Charset (character encoding of external script)
- o DEFER (script execution may wait)
-
- Contents
- An embedded script
-
- Contained in
- HEAD, inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The SCRIPT element includes a client-side script in the document.
- Client-side scripts allow greater interactivity in a document by responding to
- user events. For example, a script could be used to check the user's form
- input prior to submission to provide immediate notice of any errors by the
- user.
-
- Note that not all browsers support client-side scripting, and supporting
- browsers allow the user to disable scripting, so authors should avoid
- dependence on client-side scripting wherever possible. The NOSCRIPT element
- can be used to provide content for browsers that do not support client-side
- scripting or have it disabled. In the case of form validation, any error
- checking done by the client-side script should be repeated by the CGI script
- or Java servlet that handles the submission at the server.
-
- Also note that different browsers support different variants of scripting
- languages with different bugs. Authors are encouraged to check their scripts
- on as many browsers as possible. Browsers that support client-side scripting
- include Netscape Navigator 2.0 and up, Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.0 and
- up, and Opera 3.0 and up.
-
- The required TYPE attribute of SCRIPT specifies the media type of the
- scripting language, e.g., text/javascript. However, most browsers only support
- the deprecated LANGUAGE attribute, which specifies the language name.
- Examples of supported LANGUAGE values include JavaScript, JavaScript1.1, and
- VBScript. The values are not case sensitive.
-
- Browsers will ignore scripts with LANGUAGE values that they do not support.
- For example, Netscape Navigator 3.0 will execute scripts with
- LANGUAGE="JavaScript" or LANGUAGE="JavaScript1.1" but will ignore scripts
- with LANGUAGE="JavaScript1.2" or LANGUAGE="VBScript".
-
- In the absence of the LANGUAGE attribute, browsers typically assume that the
- language is JavaScript 1.0. As there is no established convention for
- indicating the version of JavaScript via the TYPE attribute, we recommend that
- authors continue to use LANGUAGE to specify the language and version where it
- differs from JavaScript 1.0.
-
- An embedded script is given as the content of the SCRIPT element. The SRC
- attribute allows authors to reuse code by specifying an external script. The
- optional CHARSET attribute gives the character encoding of the external script
- (typically ISO-8859-1). If the browser is unable to fetch the external script
- it will execute any embedded script; otherwise it will ignore the embedded
- script. An example follows:
-
- <SCRIPT TYPE="text/javascript" SRC="foo.js" CHARSET="ISO-8859-1">
- <!--
- // embedded script, only executed if foo.js is unavailable
- // -->
- </SCRIPT>
-
- Netscape Navigator requires that external scripts be served with a Content-Type
- of application/x-javascript.
-
- The DEFER attribute indicates that the browser may wait to parse the script
- until the rest of the document has been rendered. Scripts that use DEFER must
- not generate any document content, and should not be required to respond to
- user events (e.g., form submission) that may occur while the document is
- loading. The DEFER attribute can be useful for delaying scripts that pre-load
- images or harass the user with scrolling messages in the status bar, though
- current browsers do not generally support this attribute.
-
- The SCRIPT element may occur any number of times in the document HEAD or
- BODY. Typically the SCRIPT element is used in the HEAD unless it generates
- BODY content.
-
- Pre- HTML 3.2 browsers, unaware of the SCRIPT element, will treat the content
- of SCRIPT as normal HTML. To make these browsers ignore the SCRIPT's content,
- scripting languages generally allow SGML comments to be used around an
- embedded script. For example:
-
- <SCRIPT TYPE="text/javascript">
- <!-- comment to end of line
- document.write("foo");
- // comment to end of line -->
- </SCRIPT>
-
- Note that "-->" is contained within a JavaScript single-line comment (started
- with two slashes).
-
- Technically, the first occurrence of "</" followed by any letter is considered
- the end tag for the SCRIPT element. While browsers are forgiving in this,
- authors should avoid using strings such as "</P>" in their embedded scripts.
- JavaScript allows authors to use a backslash to avoid ending the SCRIPT
- element prematurely, e.g., document.write("<\/P>").
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.71. SELECT - Option selector ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- SELECT - Option Selector
-
- Syntax
- <SELECT>...</SELECT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o NAME= CDATA (key in submitted form)
- o MULTIPLE (allow multiple selections)
- o SIZE= Number (number of visible options)
- o DISABLED (disable element)
- o TABINDEX= Number (position in tabbing order)
- o ONFOCUS= Script (element received focus)
- o ONBLUR= Script (element lost focus)
- o ONCHANGE= Script (element value changed)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more OPTGROUP or OPTION elements
-
- Contained in
- Block-level elements, inline elements except BUTTON
-
- The SELECT element defines a form control for the selection of options. While
- SELECT is most useful within a FORM, HTML 4.0 allows SELECT in any
- block-level or inline element other than BUTTON. However, Netscape
- Navigator will not display any SELECT elements outside of a FORM.
-
- The SELECT element contains one or more OPTGROUP or OPTION elements to
- provide a menu of choices for the user. Each choice is contained within an
- OPTION element. Choices can be grouped logically through the OPTGROUP element.
- SELECT's NAME attribute provides the key sent to the server with the value of
- the selected option.
-
- By default, the user can only select one option. The boolean MULTIPLE
- attribute allows the user to select multiple options, which are submitted as
- separate name/value pairs. The following example uses the MULTIPLE attribute
- to allow the selection of one or more options:
-
- <P>Select one or more sections to search:
- <SELECT NAME=sections MULTIPLE>
- <OPTION>Web Authoring Reference</OPTION>
- <OPTION>FAQ Archives</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Design Elements</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Tools</OPTION>
- <OPTION>Feature Article</OPTION>
- </SELECT>
- </P>
-
- The boolean DISABLED attribute, new in HTML 4.0 and poorly supported by
- current browsers, makes the SELECT element unavailable. The user is unable to
- edit the disabled selection, no value is submitted with the form, the SELECT
- element cannot receive focus, and the element is skipped when navigating the
- document by tabbing.
-
- The TABINDEX attribute specifies a number between 0 and 32767 to indicate the
- tabbing order of the element. A SELECT element with TABINDEX=0 or no
- TABINDEX attribute will be visited after any elements with a positive
- TABINDEX. Among positive TABINDEX values, the lower number receives focus
- first. In the case of a tie, the element appearing first in the HTML document
- takes precedence.
-
- The SIZE attribute of SELECT hints that visual browsers should display the
- element as a list box with the specified number of options visible at any time.
- A scroll bar would allow access to any non-visible options. The SIZE
- attribute is especially useful in SELECT elements with numerous OPTIONs and
- multiple selections allowed. In such a situation, some visual browsers will
- render the entire list in one large box without scrolling; a suitable SIZE
- attribute helps such browsers give a more appropriate presentation.
-
- The SELECT element also takes a number of attributes to specify client-side
- scripting actions for various events. In addition to the core events common
- to most elements, SELECT accepts the following event attributes:
-
- o ONFOCUS, when the element receives focus;
- o ONBLUR, when the element loses focus;
- o ONCHANGE, when the element loses focus and its value has changed since it
- received focus.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.72. SMALL - Small text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- SMALL - Small Font
-
- Syntax
- <SMALL>...</SMALL>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements except PRE
-
- The SMALL element suggests that text be rendered in a smaller font. Since HTML
- 4.0 has no element to indicate de-emphasis, SMALL is often useful for this
- purpose. For example:
-
- <P><SMALL>Copyright ╨╣ 1998 Liam Quinn.
- All rights reserved.</SMALL></P>
-
- Most browsers support nested SMALL elements, but this practice should be
- avoided. Since different users have different font sizes and eyesight,
- significant changes in font size can leave text too small to read even though
- it may look fine to the author.
-
- Using style sheets in place of SMALL provides greater flexibility in changing
- the presentation. The previous example could also be marked up as follows:
-
- <P CLASS=copyright>Copyright ╨╣ 1998 Liam Quinn.
- All rights reserved.</P>
-
- This could then be linked to the following style sheet:
-
- .copyright {
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: center
- }
- @media aural {
- .copyright { volume: soft }
- }
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.73. SPAN - Generic inline container ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- SPAN - Generic Inline Container
-
- Syntax
- <SPAN>...</SPAN>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The SPAN element is a generic inline container. SPAN carries no structural
- meaning itself, but it can be used to provide extra structure through its
- LANG, DIR, CLASS, and ID attributes. Style sheets are often used to
- suggest a presentation for a given class or ID.
-
- SPAN should only be used where no other HTML inline element provides a
- suitable meaning. If a presentation such as bold or italic text would be
- suitable on visual browsers, authors may prefer to use an appropriate font
- style element. For example:
-
- <P><SPAN LANG=fr>La Rщvolution Tranquille</SPAN>
- shook Quebec in the early 1960's.
-
- <P><I LANG=fr>La Rщvolution Tranquille</I>
- shook Quebec in the early 1960's.
-
- These examples are identical in meaning, but the second example uses the I
- element to suggest italic text.
-
- DIV is a block-level equivalent of SPAN for containing block-level elements
- such as P and TABLE.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.74. STRIKE - Strike-through text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- STRIKE - Strike-through Text
-
- Syntax
- <STRIKE>...</STRIKE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The STRIKE element, deprecated in HTML 4.0, suggests that text be rendered with
- a strike-through style. In many cases, use of a phrase elemens such as DEL is
- more appropriate since such elements express the meaning of the text more
- clearly. However, since support for DEL among browsers is weak, STRIKE is
- useful in combination with DEL, as in the following example:
-
- The latest version of HTML recommended by the W3C is HTML
- <DEL DATETIME="1997-12-19T00:00:00-05:00"><STRIKE>3.2</STRIKE></DEL>
- <INS DATETIME="1997-12-19T00:00:00-05:00">4.0</INS>.
-
- If DEL is not a suitable structure, style sheets should be used to complement
- or replace instances of STRIKE. CSS1 provides the text-decoration property for
- strike-through text.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.75. STRONG - Strong emphasis ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- STRONG - Strong Emphasis
-
- Syntax
- <STRONG>...</STRONG>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The STRONG element gives strong emphasis to its contents. Visual browsers
- typically render STRONG as bold text, but authors can suggest a rendering
- using style sheets. Since STRONG is a structural element, it carries meaning,
- making it preferable to font style elements such as B when strong emphasis is
- the intended meaning.
-
- For weaker emphasis, use the EM element.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.76. STYLE - Embedded style sheet ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- STYLE - Embedded Style Sheet
-
- Syntax
- <STYLE>...</STYLE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o TYPE= ContentType (content-type of style language)
- o MEDIA= MediaDesc (media to apply style to)
- o TITLE= Text (title of style sheet)
- o internationalization attributes (for the TITLE)
-
- Contents
- An embedded style sheet
-
- Contained in
- HEAD
-
- The STYLE element embeds a style sheet in the document. Any number of STYLE
- elements may be contained in the HEAD of a document.
-
- The required TYPE attribute of STYLE is used to specify the Internet media
- type of the style language. For Cascading Style Sheets, the TYPE attribute
- value should be text/css.
-
- The optional TITLE attribute gives a title for the style sheet. Without a
- TITLE attribute, the style sheet is always applied when style sheets are
- enabled. With a TITLE attribute, the style sheet is automatically applied but
- the user may choose to disable the style sheet while keeping or enabling other
- style sheets. Style sheets with the same title are considered to be the same
- style sheet.
-
- Most current browsers ignore the TITLE attribute on style sheets and do not
- allow the user to selectively enable or disable individual style sheets.
-
- The MEDIA attribute specifies the media on which the style sheet should be
- applied. This allows authors to restrict a style sheet to certain output
- devices, such as printers or aural browsers. The attribute's value is a
- comma-separated list of media descriptors. The following media descriptors are
- defined in HTML 4.0 and are case-sensitive:
-
- o screen (the default), for non-paged computer screens;
- o tty, for fixed-pitch character grid displays (such as the display used by
- Lynx);
- o tv, for television-type devices with low resolution and limited
- scrollability;
- o projection, for projectors;
- o handheld, for handheld devices (characterized by a small, monochrome display
- and limited bandwidth);
- o print, for output to a printer;
- o braille, for braille tactile feedback devices;
- o aural, for speech synthesizers;
- o all, for all devices.
-
- Netscape Navigator 4.x incorrectly ignores any STYLE element with a MEDIA
- value other than screen. For example, MEDIA="screen, projection" will cause
- the style sheet to be ignored by Navigator 4.x, even if the presentation device
- is a computer screen. Navigator 4.x also ignores style sheets declared with
- MEDIA=all. Most other browsers ignore the MEDIA attribute.
-
- An example of an embedded style sheet follows:
-
- <STYLE TYPE="text/css" MEDIA=screen>
-
- <!--
- BODY { background: url(foo.gif) red; color: black }
- P EM { background: yellow; color: black }
- .note { margin-left: 5em; margin-right: 5em }
- -->
-
- </STYLE>
-
- Pre- HTML 3.2 browsers, unaware of the STYLE element, would normally show its
- contents as if they were part of the BODY, thus making the style sheet visible
- to the user. To prevent this, style languages like CSS allow the style sheet
- to be contained within an SGML comment (<!-- comment -->), as in the preceding
- example.
-
- An embedded style sheet should be used when a single document has a unique
- style. If the same style sheet is used in multiple documents, then an external
- style sheet would be more appropriate.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.77. SUB - Subscript ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- SUB - Subscript
-
- Syntax
- <SUB>...</SUB>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The SUB element is used for subscripts. Since SUB is inherently
- presentational, it should not be relied upon to express a given meaning.
- However, it can be useful for chemical formulas and mathematical indices, where
- the subscript presentation is helpful but not required. For example:
-
- Chemical formulas include H<SUB>2</SUB>O (water) and
- C<SUB>21</SUB>H<SUB>27</sub>NO (methadone).
-
- Let <VAR>x</VAR> = <VAR>x<SUB>1</SUB></VAR> +
- <VAR>x<SUB>2</SUB></VAR> + ... +
- <VAR>x<SUB>n</SUB></VAR>.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.78. SUP - Superscript ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- SUP - Superscript
-
- Syntax
- <SUP>...</SUP>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The SUP element is used for superscripts. Since SUP is inherently
- presentational, it should not be relied upon to express a given meaning.
- However, it can be useful for mathematical exponents where the context implies
- the meaning of the exponent, as well as other cases where superscript
- presentation is helpful but not required. For example:
-
- The rent is due on the 1<SUP>st</SUP> of each month.
-
- An example of a quadratic polynomial is <STRONG>3<VAR>x</VAR>
- <SUP CLASS=exponent>2</SUP> + 5<VAR>x</VAR> - 7</STRONG>.
-
- The following two examples are ambiguous when presented on a browser incapable
- of superscript text:
-
- 2<SUP CLASS=exponent>4</SUP> = 16
-
- sin<SUP CLASS=exponent>2</SUP><VAR>x</VAR> + cos
- <SUP CLASS=exponent>2</SUP><VAR>x</VAR> = 1
-
- There is no simple solution for this problem. One could use notation such as
- 2^4 to represent "two raised to the exponent four." If it gains browser
- support, MathML should provide a more suitable solution in the future.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.79. TABLE - Table ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TABLE - Table
-
- Syntax
- <TABLE>...</TABLE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o SUMMARY= Text (purpose/structure of table)
- o WIDTH= Length (table width)
- o BORDER= Pixels (border width)
- o FRAME=[ void | above | below | hsides | lhs | rhs | vsides | box | border
- ] (outer border)
- o RULES=[ none | groups | rows | cols | all ] (inner borders)
- o CELLSPACING= Length (spacing between cells)
- o CELLPADDING= Length (spacing within cells)
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right ] (table alignment)
- o BGCOLOR= Color (table background color)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- An optional CAPTION, followed by zero or more COL and COLGROUP
- elements, followed by an optional THEAD element, an optional TFOOT
- element, and then one or more TBODY elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The TABLE element defines a table for multi-dimensional data arranged in rows
- and columns. TABLE is commonly used as a layout device, but authors should
- avoid this practice as much as possible. Tables can cause problems for users
- of narrow windows, large fonts, or non-visual browsers, and these problems are
- often accentuated when tables are used solely for layout purposes. As well,
- current visual browsers will not display anything until the complete table has
- been downloaded, which can have very noticeable effects when an entire document
- is laid out within a TABLE. Authors should try to use style sheets in place
- of TABLE for layout, though bugs in current browser implementations of style
- sheets can make this difficult.
-
- The TABLE may contain a number of optional elements to provide a rich
- structure to the table. The optional CAPTION element gives a caption for the
- table and is followed by optional COL and COLGROUP elements that specify
- column widths and groupings. The THEAD, TFOOT, and TBODY elements then
- follow with groups of rows. The optional THEAD and TFOOT elements contain
- header and footer rows, respectively, while TBODY elements supply the table's
- main row groups. A row group contains TR elements for individual rows, and
- each TR contains TH or TD elements for header cells or data cells,
- respectively.
-
- At least one TBODY element is required within a TABLE, but TBODY's start and
- end tags are both optional if there is only one TBODY and no THEAD or TFOOT.
- A simple table could thus be expressed as follows:
-
- <TABLE>
- <TR>
- <TH>Abbreviation</TH>
- <TH>Long Form</TH>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>AFAIK</TD>
- <TD>As Far As I Know</TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>IMHO</TD>
- <TD>In My Humble Opinion</TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>OTOH</TD>
- <TD>On The Other Hand</TD>
- </TR>
- </TABLE>
-
- The same table could be expressed with a richer structure by grouping rows and
- adding a caption, as in the next example. The extra structural information
- allows an author to more easily suggest the presentation of the table using
- style sheets or TABLE's presentational attributes.
-
- <TABLE>
- <CAPTION>Common Usenet Abbreviations</CAPTION>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH>Abbreviation</TH>
- <TH>Long Form</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD>AFAIK</TD>
- <TD>As Far As I Know</TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>IMHO</TD>
- <TD>In My Humble Opinion</TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>OTOH</TD>
- <TD>On The Other Hand</TD>
- </TR>
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- The TABLE element takes an optional SUMMARY attribute to describe the purpose
- and/or structure of the table. The overview provided by the SUMMARY attribute
- is particularly helpful to users of non-visual browsers. With simple tables, a
- good CAPTION is usually a sufficient summary, but complex tables may benefit
- from a more detailed overview via the SUMMARY attribute. The following
- example uses SUMMARY to describe a table. Note that the summary could also be
- included in a paragraph before the table, which is helpful since few browsers
- support SUMMARY.
-
- <TABLE SUMMARY="This table gives the character entity reference,
- decimal character reference, and hexadecimal character
- reference for symbols and Greek letters.">
- <COLGROUP>
- <COLGROUP SPAN=3>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Character</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Decimal</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Hex</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>Latin small f with hook</TD>
- <TD>ƒ</TD>
- <TD>ƒ</TD>
- <TD>ƒ</TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- The TABLE element also takes a number of optional attributes to provide
- presentational hints in visual browsers. Equivalents of these attributes in
- Cascading Style Sheets are under development and not widely supported by
- browsers.
-
- o
-
- The WIDTH attribute specifies the width of the table as a number of pixels
- or as a percentage of the available horizontal space. Widths in pixels should
- be avoided, especially widths above 500 pixels, since this causes unnecessary
- horizontal scrolling for some users.
- o
-
- The BORDER attribute specifies the width in pixels of the border around a
- table.
- o
-
- The FRAME attribute, poorly supported by browsers, specifies which sides of
- the table's outer border are visible. Possible values are void for no
- border, above for a top border only, below for a bottom border only, hsides
- for left and right borders only, vsides for top and bottom borders only, lhs
- for a left border only, rhs for a right border only, and either box or
- border for a border on all sides. The default value is void unless the
- BORDER attribute gives a positive width, in which case FRAME=border is the
- default. <TABLE BORDER> is a valid, well-supported shorthand for <TABLE
- FRAME=border>.
- o
-
- The RULES attribute, poorly supported by browsers, specifies the borders
- between table cells. Possible values are none for no inner borders, groups
- for borders between row groups and column groups only, rows for borders
- between rows only, cols for borders between columns only, and all for
- borders between all cells. None is the default value if BORDER=0 is used
- or if no BORDER attribute is given. All is the default value for any other
- use of BORDER.
- o
-
- The CELLSPACING attribute defines the amount of space between table cells,
- and the CELLPADDING attribute defines the amount of space within table cells
- (i.e., between the border and cell contents). The value may be given as a
- number of pixels or as a percentage, though most browsers do not support
- percentages, treating CELLPADDING="20%" as if it were CELLPADDING="20". A
- percentage value is relative to the vertical space available for vertical
- padding or spacing, and the amount is split evenly between the top and
- bottom. Horizontal padding and spacing behave similarly. The padding or
- spacing is always applied to all four sides.
-
- The padding properties of Cascading Style Sheets allow an author to
- suggest different padding for different sides, but are not as well supported
- as the CELLPADDING attribute.
- o
-
- The deprecated ALIGN attribute suggests the horizontal alignment of the
- table on visual browsers. Possible values are left, right, and center.
- Browsers generally present left- or right-aligned tables as floating tables,
- with the content following the TABLE flowing around it. To prevent content
- from flowing around the table, use <BR CLEAR=all> after the end of the TABLE.
-
- Since many browsers do not support ALIGN=center with TABLE, authors may wish
- to place the TABLE within a CENTER element.
-
- Style sheets provide more flexibility in suggesting table alignment but with
- less browser support than the ALIGN attribute.
- o
-
- The deprecated BGCOLOR attribute suggests a background color for the table.
- The combination of this attribute with < FONT COLOR=...> can leave invisible
- or unreadable text on Netscape Navigator 2.x, which does not support BGCOLOR
- on table elements. BGCOLOR is dangerous even on supporting browsers, since
- most fail to override it when overriding other author-specified colors. Style
- sheets provide a safer, more flexible method of specifying a table's
- background color.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.80. TBODY - Table body ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TBODY - Table Body
-
- Syntax
- <TBODY>...</TBODY>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment of
- cells in group)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character for cells)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment of cells
- in group)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more TR elements
-
- Contained in
- TABLE
-
- The TBODY element defines a group of data rows in a table. A TABLE must
- have one or more TBODY elements, which must follow the optional TFOOT. The
- TBODY end tag is always optional. The start tag is optional when the table
- contains only one TBODY and no THEAD or TFOOT. This allows the simple
- table structure of HTML 3.2 to still be valid:
-
- <TABLE>
- <TR>
- <TH>Abbreviation</TH>
- <TH>Long Form</TH>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>AFAIK</TD>
- <TD>As Far As I Know</TD>
- </TR>
- </TABLE>
-
- By explicitly grouping rows with THEAD, TFOOT, and TBODY, authors give browsers
- the ability to present a long table with a scrolling body and static header and
- footer rows. Using TBODY also provides the ability to easily suggest different
- presentations for different row groups through style sheets. While few
- browsers currently support TBODY, it can be used with no harm on non-supporting
- browsers.
-
- The following example gives a table of SI units of measure. TBODY elements
- are used to group rows based on whether the unit is classed as a "base" unit,
- "derived" unit, or "supplementary" unit.
-
- <TABLE SUMMARY="This table lists SI (International System) units of
- measure, giving the name of the unit, its symbol, and
- the quantity that it measures.">
- <CAPTION>SI Units</CAPTION>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Name</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Symbol</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Quantity</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY CLASS=base>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>meter</TD>
- <TD>m</TD>
- <TD>length</TD> </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>kilogram</TD>
- <TD>kg</TD>
- <TD>mass</TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- <TBODY CLASS=derived>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>hertz</TD>
- <TD>Hz</TD>
- <TD>frequency</TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>pascal</TD>
- <TD>Pa</TD>
- <TD>pressure</TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- <TBODY CLASS=supplementary>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>radian</TD>
- <TD>rad</TD>
- <TD>plane angle</TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- In addition to the attributes common to most elements, TBODY takes
- presentational attributes for specifying the alignment of cell data. Since few
- browsers support TBODY, authors may wish to specify these attributes on the TR
- or TD elements instead.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for each cell in the
- row group. Possible values are left, center, right, justify, and char.
- ALIGN=char aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR
- attribute. The default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of
- the current language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies
- the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's
- value is a number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%"
- centers the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.81. TD - Table data cell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TD - Table Data Cell
-
- Syntax
- <TD>...</TD>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ROWSPAN= Number (rows spanned by the cell)
- o COLSPAN= Number (columns spanned by the cell)
- o HEADERS= IDREFS (list of header cells for current cell)
- o ABBR= Text (abbreviation for header cell)
- o SCOPE=[ row | col | rowgroup | colgroup ] (cells covered by header cell)
- o AXIS= CDATA (category of header cell)
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment)
- o WIDTH= Pixels (cell width)
- o HEIGHT= Pixels (cell height)
- o NOWRAP (suppress word wrap)
- o BGCOLOR= Color (cell background color)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- TR
-
- The TD element defines a data cell in a table. TD elements are contained
- within a TR element (a table row), which may also contain TH elements for
- header cells. When a cell's contents act as both header information and table
- data, TD should be used.
-
- The ROWSPAN and COLSPAN attributes of TD specify the number of rows and the
- number of columns, respectively, that are spanned by the cell. The default
- value is 1. The special value 0 indicates that the cell spans all rows or
- columns to the end of the table. The value 0 is ignored by most browsers, so
- authors may wish to calculate the exact number of rows or columns spanned and
- use that value.
-
- The HEADERS attribute specifies the header cells that apply to the TD. The
- value is a space-separated list of the header cells' ID attribute values. The
- HEADERS attribute allows non-visual browsers to render the header information
- for a given cell.
-
- The ABBR, SCOPE, and AXIS attributes should only be used if the cell provides
- header information. Like HEADERS, these attributes are new in HTML 4.0 and not
- well supported, though they should be particularly helpful to non-visual
- browsers in the future.
-
- ABBR gives an abbreviated version of the cell's content. This allows visual
- browsers to use the short form if space is limited, and non-visual browsers can
- give a cell's header information in an abbreviated form before rendering each
- cell.
-
- The SCOPE attribute specifies the cells for which the TD element provides
- header information. SCOPE is a simpler alternative to using HEADERS if the
- arrangement of header cells is not complex. Possible values are as follows:
-
- o row, when the TD provides header information for the rest of the row;
- o col, when the TD provides header information for the rest of the column;
- o rowgroup, when the TD gives header information for the rest of the row group
- (i.e., the remaining cells of the THEAD, TFOOT, or TBODY);
- o colgroup, when the TD gives header information for the rest of the column
- group (i.e., the remaining cells of the COLGROUP).
-
- The AXIS attribute provides a method of categorizing cells. The attribute's
- value is a comma-separated list of category names. See the HTML 4.0
- Recommendation's section on categorizing cells for an application of AXIS.
-
- In addition to the attributes common to most elements, TD takes a number of
- presentational attributes. Style sheets provide a more flexible way to suggest
- a presentation for table cells, but TD's presentational attributes are more
- widely supported by current browsers.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for the cell. Possible
- values are left, center, right, justify, and char. ALIGN=char, poorly supported
- among browsers, aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR
- attribute. The default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of
- the current language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies
- the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's
- value is a number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%"
- centers the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
- The WIDTH, HEIGHT, NOWRAP, and BGCOLOR attributes are all deprecated in favor
- of style sheets. WIDTH and HEIGHT suggest the cell's width and height in
- pixels. The boolean NOWRAP attribute tells visual browsers to disable word
- wrap for the cell, which can result in unnecessary horizontal scrolling
- depending on the user's window width and font size.
-
- The BGCOLOR attribute suggests a background color for the cell. The
- combination of this attribute with < FONT COLOR=...> can leave invisible or
- unreadable text on Netscape Navigator 2.x, which does not support BGCOLOR on
- table elements. BGCOLOR is dangerous even on supporting browsers, since most
- fail to override it when overriding other author-specified colors. Style sheets
- provide a safer, more flexible method of specifying a table's background color.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.82. TEXTAREA - Multi-line text input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TEXTAREA - Multi-line Text Input
-
- Syntax
- <TEXTAREA>...</TEXTAREA>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o NAME= CDATA (key in submitted form)
- o ROWS= Number (number of rows)
- o COLS= Number (number of columns)
- o DISABLED (disable element)
- o READONLY (prevent changes)
- o ACCESSKEY= Character (shortcut key)
- o TABINDEX= Number (position in tabbing order)
- o ONFOCUS= Script (element received focus)
- o ONBLUR= Script (element lost focus)
- o ONSELECT= Script (element text selected)
- o ONCHANGE= Script (element value changed)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Plain text (including entities)
-
- Contained in
- Block-level elements, inline elements except BUTTON
-
- The TEXTAREA element defines a form control for the user to enter multi-line
- text input. While TEXTAREA is most useful within a FORM, HTML 4.0 allows
- TEXTAREA in any block-level or inline element other than BUTTON. However,
- Netscape Navigator will not display any TEXTAREA elements outside of a FORM.
-
- The initial value of the TEXTAREA is provided as the content of the element
- and must not contain any HTML tags. When a form is submitted, the current
- value of any TEXTAREA element within the FORM is sent to the server as a
- name/value pair. The TEXTAREA element's NAME attribute provides the name
- used.
-
- The required ROWS and COLS attributes specify the number of visible rows and
- columns, respectively, in a visual browser. These attributes provide a guide
- for the user rather than a restriction; browsers allow an unlimited amount of
- text input in theory, though in practice many browsers limit the contents of a
- TEXTAREA to 32 or 64 kilobytes. Author restrictions on the amount of data
- entered should be enforced by the CGI script or Java servlet handling the
- form.
-
- The boolean READONLY attribute, new in HTML 4.0 and poorly supported by
- current browsers, prevents the user from editing the content of the TEXTAREA.
- Read-only elements are still submitted with the form. The DISABLED attribute,
- also poorly supported, disables the TEXTAREA. Disabled elements are read-only
- elements with the added restrictions that the values are not submitted with the
- form, the elements cannot receive focus, and the elements are skipped when
- navigating the document by tabbing.
-
- The ACCESSKEY attribute specifies a single Unicode character as a shortcut key
- for giving focus to the TEXTAREA. Authors can set the access key on the
- TEXTAREA element or the LABEL element associated with it. Entities (e.g.
- é) may be used as the ACCESSKEY value.
-
- The TABINDEX attribute specifies a number between 0 and 32767 to indicate the
- tabbing order of the element. A TEXTAREA with TABINDEX=0 or no TABINDEX
- attribute will be visited after any elements with a positive TABINDEX. Among
- positive TABINDEX values, the lower number receives focus first. In the case
- of a tie, the element appearing first in the HTML document takes precedence.
-
- The TEXTAREA element also takes a number of attributes to specify client-side
- scripting actions for various events. In addition to the core events common
- to most elements, TEXTAREA accepts the following event attributes:
-
- o ONFOCUS, when the element receives focus;
- o ONBLUR, when the element loses focus;
- o ONSELECT, when text in the element is selected;
- o ONCHANGE, when the element loses focus and its value has changed since it
- received focus.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.83. TFOOT - Table foot ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TFOOT - Table Foot
-
- Syntax
- <TFOOT>...</TFOOT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment of
- cells in group)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character for cells)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment of cells
- in group)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more TR elements
-
- Contained in
- TABLE
-
- The TFOOT element defines a group of footer rows in a table. A TABLE may
- have one TFOOT, which must follow the optional THEAD and precede the required
- TBODY.
-
- By explicitly grouping footer rows with TFOOT, authors give browsers the
- ability to include the footer rows on each page of a printed, multi-page table,
- as well as the ability to present a long table with a scrolling body and static
- footer rows. However, few browsers currently support TFOOT, and the
- requirement that it be placed before the TBODY may make it unsuitable for
- non-supporting browsers. If the presentation of footer rows prior to body rows
- is not acceptable, authors should avoid using TFOOT until browser support is
- greater.
-
- A table footer may provide a summary row or footnotes that apply to the entire
- table or portions of it. The following example uses TFOOT to contain footnotes
- for a table:
-
- <TABLE SUMMARY="This table lists program available at the university
- based on the discipline and type of degree.">
- <CAPTION>Programs Available</CAPTION>
- <COLGROUP CLASS="program-discipline">
- <COLGROUP CLASS="program-type" SPAN=5>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Program</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Honors Co-op</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Honors Regular</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>General Regular</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>*Preprofessional or Professional</TH>
- </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TFOOT CLASS=footnote>
- <TR>
- <TD COLSPAN=5>
- Many disciplines are also available as Minors and Joint
- Honors programs.
- </TD>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD COLSPAN=5>
- * Preprofessional programs normally fulfull the academic
- requirements for registration in the related professions.
- </TD>
- </TR>
- </TFOOT>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>Computer Science</TD>
- <TD>yes</TD>
- <TD>yes</TD>
- <TD>no</TD>
- <TD>no</TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- In addition to the attributes common to most elements, TFOOT takes
- presentational attributes for specifying the alignment of cell data. Since few
- browsers support TFOOT, authors may wish to specify these attributes on the TR
- or TD elements instead.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for each cell in the
- row group. Possible values are left, center, right, justify, and char.
- ALIGN=char aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR
- attribute. The default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of
- the current language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies
- the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's
- value is a number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%"
- centers the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.84. TH - Table header cell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TH - Table Header Cell
-
- Syntax
- <TH>...</TH>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ROWSPAN= Number (rows spanned by the cell)
- o COLSPAN= Number (columns spanned by the cell)
- o HEADERS= IDREFS (list of header cells for current cell)
- o ABBR= Text (abbreviation for header cell)
- o SCOPE=[ row | col | rowgroup | colgroup ] (cells covered by header cell)
- o AXIS= CDATA (category of header cell)
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment)
- o WIDTH= Pixels (cell width)
- o HEIGHT= Pixels (cell height)
- o NOWRAP (suppress word wrap)
- o BGCOLOR= Color (cell background color)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- Contained in
- TR
-
- The TH element defines a header cell in a table. TH elements are contained
- within a TR element (a table row), which may also contain TD elements for
- data cells. When a cell's contents act as both header information and table
- data, TD should be used.
-
- The ROWSPAN and COLSPAN attributes of TH specify the number of rows and the
- number of columns, respectively, that are spanned by the cell. The default
- value is 1. The special value 0 indicates that the cell spans all rows or
- columns to the end of the table. The value 0 is ignored by most browsers, so
- authors may wish to calculate the exact number of rows or columns spanned and
- use that value.
-
- The HEADERS attribute specifies the header cells that apply to the TH. The
- value is a space-separated list of the header cells' ID attribute values. The
- HEADERS attribute allows non-visual browsers to render the header information
- for a given cell.
-
- The ABBR attribute gives an abbreviated version of the cell's content. This
- allows visual browsers to use the short form if space is limited, and
- non-visual browsers can give a cell's header information in an abbreviated form
- before rendering each cell.
-
- The SCOPE attribute specifies the cells for which the TH element provides
- header information. SCOPE is a simpler alternative to using HEADERS if the
- arrangement of header cells is not complex. Possible values are as follows:
-
- o row, when the TH provides header information for the rest of the row;
- o col, when the TH provides header information for the rest of the column;
- o rowgroup, when the TH gives header information for the rest of the row group
- (i.e., the remaining cells of the THEAD, TFOOT, or TBODY);
- o colgroup, when the TH gives header information for the rest of the column
- group (i.e., the remaining cells of the COLGROUP).
-
- The AXIS attribute provides a method of categorizing cells. The attribute's
- value is a comma-separated list of category names. See the HTML 4.0
- Recommendation's section on categorizing cells for an application of AXIS.
-
- In addition to the attributes common to most elements, TH takes a number of
- presentational attributes. Style sheets provide a more flexible way to suggest
- a presentation for table cells, but TH's presentational attributes are more
- widely supported by current browsers.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for the cell. Possible
- values are left, center, right, justify, and char. ALIGN=char, poorly supported
- among browsers, aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR
- attribute. The default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of
- the current language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies
- the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's
- value is a number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%"
- centers the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
- The WIDTH, HEIGHT, NOWRAP, and BGCOLOR attributes are all deprecated in favor
- of style sheets. WIDTH and HEIGHT suggest the cell's width and height in
- pixels. The boolean NOWRAP attribute tells visual browsers to disable word
- wrap for the cell, which can result in unnecessary horizontal scrolling
- depending on the user's window width and font size.
-
- The BGCOLOR attribute suggests a background color for the cell. The
- combination of this attribute with < FONT COLOR=...> can leave invisible or
- unreadable text on Netscape Navigator 2.x, which does not support BGCOLOR on
- table elements. BGCOLOR is dangerous even on supporting browsers, since most
- fail to override it when overriding other author-specified colors. Style sheets
- provide a safer, more flexible method of specifying a table's background color.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.85. THEAD - Table head ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- THEAD - Table Head
-
- Syntax
- <THEAD>...</THEAD>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment of
- cells in group)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character for cells)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment of cells
- in group)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more TR elements
-
- Contained in
- TABLE
-
- The THEAD element defines a group of header rows in a table. A TABLE may
- have one THEAD, which must follow any CAPTION, COL, or COLGROUP elements,
- and precede the optional TFOOT and required TBODY elements.
-
- By explicitly grouping header rows with THEAD, authors give browsers the
- ability to include the header rows on each page of a printed, multi-page table,
- as well as the ability to present a long table with a scrolling body and static
- header rows. While few browsers currently support THEAD, it can be used with
- no harm on non-supporting browsers.
-
- The following example uses THEAD to group the two header rows of a table:
-
- <TABLE SUMMARY="This table gives the character entity reference,
- decimal character reference, and hexadecimal character
- reference for 8-bit Latin-1 characters, as well as the
- rendering of each in your browser.">
- <COLGROUP>
- <COLGROUP SPAN=3>
- <COLGROUP SPAN=3>
- <THEAD>
- <TR>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Character</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Decimal</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col ROWSPAN=2>Hex</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=colgroup COLSPAN=3>Rendering in Your Browser</TH>
- </TR>
- <TR> <TH SCOPE=col>Entity</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Decimal</TH>
- <TH SCOPE=col>Hex</TH> </TR>
- </THEAD>
- <TBODY>
- <TR>
- <TD SCOPE=row>non-breaking space</TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- <TD> </TD>
- </TR>
- ...
- </TBODY>
- </TABLE>
-
- In addition to the attributes common to most elements, THEAD takes
- presentational attributes for specifying the alignment of cell data. Since few
- browsers support THEAD, authors may wish to specify these attributes on the
- TR, TH, or TD elements instead.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for each cell in the
- row group. Possible values are left, center, right, justify, and char.
- ALIGN=char aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR
- attribute. The default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of
- the current language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies
- the offset to the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's
- value is a number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%"
- centers the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.86. TITLE - Document title ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TITLE - Document Title
-
- Syntax
- <TITLE>...</TITLE>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o internationalization attributes
-
- Contents
- Plain text (including entities)
-
- Contained in
- HEAD
-
- The TITLE element gives the document's title. Each document must have exactly
- one TITLE within the HEAD. TITLE contains plain text and entities; it may
- not contain other markup.
-
- A good TITLE should be short and specific to the document's content so that it
- can be used as a title for a user's bookmark, a title for the display window on
- visual browsers, and a link from a search engine. A suggested limit for the
- number of characters in a TITLE is 60.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.87. TR - Table row ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TR - Table Row
-
- Syntax
- <TR>...</TR>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o ALIGN=[ left | center | right | justify | char ] (horizontal alignment of
- cells in group)
- o CHAR= Character (alignment character for cells)
- o CHAROFF= Length (alignment character offset)
- o VALIGN=[ top | middle | bottom | baseline ] (vertical alignment of cells
- in group)
- o BGCOLOR= Color (row background color)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more TH or TD elements
-
- Contained in
- THEAD, TFOOT, TBODY
-
- The TR element defines a table row. TR elements must be contained within a
- row group defined by THEAD, TFOOT, or TBODY. Since the start and end tags
- of TBODY are optional when the table has one TBODY and no THEAD or TFOOT,
- the simple table structure of HTML 3.2 is still valid:
-
- <TABLE>
- <TR>
- <TH>Abbreviation</TH>
- <TH>Long Form</TH>
- </TR>
- <TR>
- <TD>AFAIK</TD>
- <TD>As Far As I Know</TD>
- </TR>
- </TABLE>
-
- TR contains TH or TD elements, which in turn contain the actual data of
- the table. In addition to the attributes common to most elements, TR takes
- presentational attributes for specifying the alignment of cells within the row
- and the row's background color.
-
- The ALIGN attribute specifies the horizontal alignment for each cell in the
- row. Possible values are left, center, right, justify, and char. ALIGN=char
- aligns a cell's contents on the character given in the CHAR attribute. The
- default value for the CHAR attribute is the decimal point of the current
- language--a period in English. The CHAROFF attribute specifies the offset to
- the first occurrence of the alignment character. The attribute's value is a
- number in pixels or a percentage of the cell's width; CHAROFF="50%" centers
- the alignment character horizontally in a cell.
-
- The VALIGN attribute specifies the vertical position of a cell's contents.
- Possible values are:
-
- o top, which positions data at the top of the cell;
- o middle, the default value, which centers the cell data vertically;
- o bottom, which positions data at the bottom of the cell;
- o baseline, which specifies that the first line of each cell in the row with
- ALIGN=baseline should occur on a common baseline.
-
- The deprecated BGCOLOR attribute suggests a background color for the row.
- The combination of this attribute with < FONT COLOR=...> can leave invisible
- or unreadable text on Netscape Navigator 2.x, which does not support BGCOLOR
- on table elements. BGCOLOR is dangerous even on supporting browsers, since
- most fail to override it when overriding other author-specified colors. Style
- sheets provide a safer, more flexible method of specifying a row's background
- color.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.88. TT - Teletype text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TT - Teletype Text
-
- Syntax
- <TT>...</TT>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The TT element suggests that text be rendered as teletype or monospaced text.
- In most cases, use of a phrase elemens such as CODE, SAMP, or KBD is more
- appropriate since these elements express the meaning of the text more clearly.
-
- Style sheets should be used to complement or replace instances of TT. For
- example, replacing
-
- <H1><TT>My heading</TT></H1>
-
- with
-
- <H1>My heading</H1>
-
- and
-
- H1 { font-family: monospace }
-
- in a style sheet allows the author to change the presentation of all H1
- elements in an entire site by changing just one line in the style sheet.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.89. U - Underlined text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- U - Underlined Text
-
- Syntax
- <U>...</U>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The U element, deprecated in HTML 4.0, suggests that text be rendered as
- underlined text. In most cases, use of a phrase elemens such as CITE or STRONG
- is more appropriate since such elements express the meaning of the text more
- clearly.
-
- Style sheets should be used to complement or replace instances of U. For
- example, replacing
-
- <H1><U>My heading</U></H1>
-
- with
-
- <H1>My heading</H1>
-
- and
-
- H1 { text-decoration: underline }
-
- in a style sheet allows the author to change the presentation of all H1
- elements in an entire site by changing just one line in the style sheet.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.90. UL - Unordered list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- UL - Unordered List
-
- Syntax
- <UL>...</UL>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o TYPE=[ disc | square | circle ] (bullet style)
- o COMPACT (compact display)
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- One or more LI elements
-
- Contained in
- APPLET, BLOCKQUOTE, BODY, BUTTON, CENTER, DD, DEL, DIV, FIELDSET,
- FORM, IFRAME, INS, LI, MAP, NOFRAMES, NOSCRIPT, OBJECT, TD, TH
-
- The UL element defines an unordered list. The element contains one or more
- LI elements that define the actual items of the list.
-
- Unlike with an ordered list ( OL), the items of an unordered list have no
- sequence. In theory, users should be able to change the order of items in an
- unordered list (e.g., alphabetizing them).
-
- Visual browsers typically render UL with a bullet preceding each list item,
- but authors can suggest various presentations using style sheets. The
- list-style property of Cascading Style Sheets allows authors to suppress
- bullets, use images as list item markers, and more.
-
- The deprecated TYPE attribute of UL suggests the bullet style on visual
- browsers. Possible values are as follows:
-
- o disc (a filled-in circle)
- o square (a square outline)
- o circle (a circle outline)
-
- The bullet style on an individual list item can be suggested using the TYPE
- attribute of LI. The list-style-type property of CSS provides greater
- flexibility in suggesting bullet styles.
-
- The deprecated COMPACT attribute suggests that visual browsers render the
- list compactly, perhaps with reduced spacing between items. This attribute is
- not well supported among browsers.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.5.91. VAR - Variable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- VAR - Variable
-
- Syntax
- <VAR>...</VAR>
-
- Attribute Specifications
-
- o common attributes
-
- Contents
- Inline elements
-
- Contained in
- Inline elements, block-level elements
-
- The VAR element is used to markup variables or program arguments. Visual
- browsers typically render VAR as italic text, but authors can suggest a
- rendering using style sheets. Since VAR is a structural element, it carries
- meaning, making it preferable to font style elements such as I when marking
- up variables.
-
- Example:
-
- <P>Versions of HTML are typically numbered in an
- <VAR>x</VAR>.<VAR>x</VAR> format.</P>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.6. Entities ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Entities
-
- Character entity references, or entities for short, provide a method of
- entering characters that cannot be expressed in the document's character
- encoding or that cannot easily be entered on a keyboard. Entities are
- case-sensitive and take the form &name;. Examples of entities include ©
- for the copyright symbol and Α for the Greek capital letter alpha.
-
- In addition to entities, authors can use numeric character references. While
- entities are limited to a subset of Unicode characters, numeric character
- references can specify any character. Numeric character references may be given
- in decimal or hexadecimal, though browser support is stronger for decimal
- references. Decimal references are of the form number; while hexadecimal
- references take the case-insensitive form number;. Examples of numeric
- character references include © or © for the copyright symbol, Α
- or Α for the Greek capital letter alpha, and ا or ا for the
- Arabic letter ALEF.
-
- Note that hexadecimal character references will cause errors with current
- validators since these references are defined in a recent revision to the SGML
- standard that is not yet supported by validators.
-
- The following documents feature tables of the character entity references in
- HTML 4.0, along with the numeric character reference in decimal and
- hexadecimal. A rendering of each character reference is provided so that users
- may check their browsers' compliance.
-
- o Latin-1 Entities
- o Symbols and Greek Letters
- o Other Special Characters
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.6.1. Latin-1 Entities ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Latin-1 Entities
-
-
-
- ¡ ¡ ¡
-
- ¢ ¢ ¢
-
- £ £ £
-
- ¤ ¤ ¤
-
- ¥ ¥ ¥
-
- ¦ ¦ ¦
-
- § § §
-
- ¨ ¨ ¨
-
- © © ©
-
- ª ª ª
-
- « « «
-
- ¬ ¬ ¬
-
-
-
- ® ® ®
-
- ¯ ¯ ¯
-
- ° ° °
-
- ± ± ±
-
- ² ² ²
-
- ³ ³ ³
-
- ´ ´ ´
-
- µ µ µ
-
- ¶ ¶ ¶
-
- · · ·
-
- ¸ ¸ ¸
-
- ¹ ¹ ¹
-
- º º º
-
- » » »
-
- ¼ ¼ ¼
-
- ½ ½ ½
-
- ¾ ¾ ¾
-
- ¿ ¿ ¿
-
- À À À
-
- Á Á Á
-
- Â Â Â
-
- Ã Ã Ã
-
- Ä Ä Ä
-
- Å Å Å
-
- Æ Æ Æ
-
- Ç Ç Ç
-
- È È È
-
- É É É
-
- Ê Ê Ê
-
- Ë Ë Ë
-
- Ì Ì Ì
-
- Í Í Í
-
- Î Î Î
-
- Ï Ï Ï
-
- Ð Ð Ð
-
- Ñ Ñ Ñ
-
- Ò Ò Ò
-
- Ó Ó Ó
-
- Ô Ô Ô
-
- Õ Õ Õ
-
- Ö Ö Ö
-
- × × ×
-
- Ø Ø Ø
-
- Ù Ù Ù
-
- Ú Ú Ú
-
- Û Û Û
-
- Ü Ü Ü
-
- Ý Ý Ý
-
- Þ Þ Þ
-
- ß ß ß
-
- à à à
-
- á á á
-
- â â â
-
- ã ã ã
-
- ä ä ä
-
- å å å
-
- æ æ æ
-
- ç ç ç
-
- è è è
-
- é é é
-
- ê ê ê
-
- ë ë ë
-
- ì ì ì
-
- í í í
-
- î î î
-
- ï ï ï
-
- ð ð ð
-
- ñ ñ ñ
-
- ò ò ò
-
- ó ó ó
-
- ô ô ô
-
- õ õ õ
-
- ö ö ö
-
- ÷ ÷ ÷
-
- ø ø ø
-
- ù ù ù
-
- ú ú ú
-
- û û û
-
- ü ü ü
-
- ý ý ý
-
- þ þ þ
-
- ÿ ÿ ÿ
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.6.2. Symbols and Greek Letters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Symbols and Greek Letters
-
- ƒ ƒ ƒ
-
- Α Α Α
-
- Β Β Β
-
- Γ Γ Γ
-
- Δ Δ Δ
-
- Ε Ε Ε
-
- Ζ Ζ Ζ
-
- Η Η Η
-
- Θ Θ Θ
-
- Ι Ι Ι
-
- Κ Κ Κ
-
- Λ Λ Λ
-
- Μ Μ Μ
-
- Ν Ν Ν
-
- Ξ Ξ Ξ
-
- Ο Ο Ο
-
- Π Π Π
-
- Ρ Ρ Ρ
-
- Σ Σ Σ
-
- Τ Τ Τ
-
- Υ Υ Υ
-
- Φ Φ Φ
-
- Χ Χ Χ
-
- Ψ Ψ Ψ
-
- Ω Ω Ω
-
- α α α
-
- β β β
-
- γ γ γ
-
- δ δ δ
-
- ε ε ε
-
- ζ ζ ζ
-
- η η η
-
- θ θ θ
-
- ι ι ι
-
- κ κ κ
-
- λ λ λ
-
- μ μ μ
-
- ν ν ν
-
- ξ ξ ξ
-
- ο ο ο
-
- π π π
-
- ρ ρ ρ
-
- ς ς ς
-
- σ σ σ
-
- τ τ τ
-
- υ υ υ
-
- φ φ φ
-
- χ χ χ
-
- ψ ψ ψ
-
- ω ω ω
-
- ϑ ϑ ϑ
-
- ϒ ϒ ϒ
-
- ϖ ϖ ϖ
-
- • • •
-
- … … …
-
- ′ ′ ′
-
- ″ ″ ″
-
- ‾ ‾ ‾
-
- ⁄ ⁄ ⁄
-
- ℑ ℑ ℑ
-
- ℘ ℘ ℘
-
- ℜ ℜ ℜ
-
- ™ ™ ™
-
- ℵ ℵ ℵ
-
- ← ← ←
-
- ↑ ↑ ↑
-
- → → →
-
- ↓ ↓ ↓
-
- ↔ ↔ ↔
-
- ↵ ↵ ↵
-
- ⇐ ⇐ ⇐
-
- ⇑ ⇑ ⇑
-
- ⇒ ⇒ ⇒
-
- ⇓ ⇓ ⇓
-
- ⇔ ⇔ ⇔
-
- ∀ ∀ ∀
-
- ∂ ∂ ∂
-
- ∃ ∃ ∃
-
- ∅ ∅ ∅
-
- ∇ ∇ ∇
-
- ∈ ∈ ∈
-
- ∉ ∉ ∉
-
- ∋ ∋ ∋
-
- ∏ ∏ ∏
-
- ∑ ∑ ∑
-
- − − −
-
- ∗ ∗ ∗
-
- √ √ √
-
- ∝ ∝ ∝
-
- ∞ ∞ ∞
-
- ∠ ∠ ∠
-
- ∧ ∧ ∧
-
- ∨ ∨ ∨
-
- ∩ ∩ ∩
-
- ∪ ∪ ∪
-
- ∫ ∫ ∫
-
- ∴ ∴ ∴
-
- ∼ ∼ ∼
-
- ≅ ≅ ≅
-
- ≈ ≈ ≈
-
- ≠ ≠ ≠
-
- ≡ ≡ ≡
-
- ≤ ≤ ≤
-
- ≥ ≥ ≥
-
- ⊂ ⊂ ⊂
-
- ⊃ ⊃ ⊃
-
- ⊄ ⊄ ⊄
-
- ⊆ ⊆ ⊆
-
- ⊇ ⊇ ⊇
-
- ⊕ ⊕ ⊕
-
- ⊗ ⊗ ⊗
-
- ⊥ ⊥ ⊥
-
- ⋅ ⋅ ⋅
-
- ⌈ ⌈ ⌈
-
- ⌉ ⌉ ⌉
-
- ⌊ ⌊ ⌊
-
- ⌋ ⌋ ⌋
-
- 〈 〈 〈
-
- 〉 〉 〉
-
- ◊ ◊ ◊
-
- ♠ ♠ ♠
-
- ♣ ♣ ♣
-
- ♥ ♥ ♥
-
- ♦ ♦ ♦
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.6.3. Other Special Characters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Other Special Characters
-
- " " "
-
- & & &
-
- < < <
-
- > > >
-
- Œ Œ Œ
-
- œ œ œ
-
- Š Š Š
-
- š š š
-
- Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
-
- ˆ ˆ ˆ
-
- ˜ ˜ ˜
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- – – –
-
- — — —
-
- ‘ ‘ ‘
-
- ’ ’ ’
-
- ‚ ‚ ‚
-
- “ “ “
-
- ” ” ”
-
- „ „ „
-
- † † †
-
- ‡ ‡ ‡
-
- ‰ ‰ ‰
-
- ‹ ‹ ‹
-
- › › ›
-
- € € €
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- CDATA
-
- Attribute values of type CDATA are made up of a sequence of characters that may
- include entities. Line feeds are ignored while each carriage return and tab is
- replaced with a space. Browsers may ignore leading and trailing whitespace
- within the attribute value.
-
- CDATA attribute values are typically case-sensitive, though this is not the
- case with all attributes that take CDATA values.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ID and NAME
-
- Attribute values of type ID and NAME must begin with a letter in the range A-Z
- or a-z and may be followed by letters (A-Za-z), digits (0-9), hyphens ("-"),
- underscores ("_"), colons (":"), and periods ("."). These values are case-sensitive.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- IDREF and IDREFS
-
- IDREF and IDREFS values refer to values of other elements' ID attributes. An
- IDREF value is a single ID while an IDREFS value is a space-separated list of
- IDs. IDREF and IDREFS are case-sensitive.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Number
-
- Number attribute values are numbers made of at least one digit in the range 0-9.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Text
-
- Text attribute values are CDATA values intended to be human readable strings.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- URI
-
- URI attribute values are Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs), as defined in the
- URI Internet-Draft, a work-in-progress that is expected to replace RFC 1738 and
- RFC 1808.
-
- URI attribute values may include full URIs such as http://www.htmlhelp.com/. as
- well as relative URIs such as foo.html and ../foo/.
-
- While parts of a URI may be case-insensitive, in general URI values are case-sensitive.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Color
-
- Color attribute values give a color definition. The value can be any
- hexadecimal number, specified according to the sRGB color space, or one of
- sixteen color names. Hexadecimal numbers must be prefixed by a "#" character.
-
- The case-insensitive color names and their sRGB values are as follows:
-
- Color Name sRGB Value
-
- Black #000000
-
- Silver #C0C0C0
-
- Gray #808080
-
- White #FFFFFF
-
- Maroon #800000
-
- Red #FF0000
-
- Purple #800080
-
- Fuchsia #FF00FF
-
- Green #008000
-
- Lime #00FF00
-
- Olive #808000
-
- Yellow #FFFF00
-
- Navy #000080
-
- Blue #0000FF
-
- Teal #008080
-
- Aqua #00FFFF
-
- Note that the hexadecimal form is better supported than the color names for the
- color attributes of BODY.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Pixels
-
- These attribute values are integers that represent a number of pixels.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Length
-
- Length attribute values may be either an integer--interpreted as a number of
- pixels--or a percentage of the horizontal or vertical space. The value 50%
- means half the available space while 50 means 50 pixels.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- MultiLength and MultiLengths
-
- MultiLength attribute values may be an integer in pixels, a percentage of the
- horizontal or vertical space, or a relative length expressed as i* where i is
- an integer. In allotting space, a browser first allots pixel and percentage
- lengths, then divides the remaining space among all elements with a relative
- length. An element with a length of 3* will be allotted three times the space
- of an element with length 1*. The value * is equivalent to 1* and is often used
- to mean "fill the remaining space."
-
- A MultiLengths value is a comma-separated list of MultiLength values.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ContentType and ContentTypes
-
- These attribute values are content types (also known as media types or MIME
- types) of a linked or embedded resource. Values of type ContentType give a
- single content type while values of type ContentTypes give a comma-separated
- list of content types. Content types are case-insensitive.
-
- Commonly used content types include text/html, image/jpeg, model/vrml,
- video/quicktime, application/java, text/css, and text/javascript. Many common
- content types are registered at the IANA.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- LanguageCode
-
- Attribute values of type LanguageCode specify a language code according to RFC
- 1766. Examples of language codes include en for English, en-US for American
- English, and ja for Japanese. Whitespace is not allowed in the language code,
- which is case-insensitive.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Charset and Charsets
-
- These attribute values specify character encodings of linked resources. Values
- of type Charset give a single character encoding while values of type Charsets
- give a space- and/or comma-separated list of character encodings. Character
- encodings are case-insensitive.
-
- Examples of character encodings include ISO-8859-1, SHIFT_JIS, and UTF-8. A
- list of registered character encodings is available at the IANA.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Character
-
- Character attribute values take a single Unicode character. The character may
- be specified with an entity.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Datetime
-
- Datetime attribute values give a date and time in the format
- YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssTZD where YYYY is a four-digit year, MM is a two-digit month
- (01 through 12), DD is a two-digit day (01 through 31), hh is a two-digit
- hour(00 through 23), mm is a two-digit minute (00 through 59), ss is a
- two-digit second (00 through 59), and TZD is the time zone designator. Note
- that the T separating the date from the time must appear literally and is
- case-sensitive.
-
- The time zone designator may be one of the following:
-
- o Z (case-sensitive), which indicates Universal Coordinated Time (UTC,
- basically the same as GMT);
- o +hh:mm, the time ahead of UTC in hours and minutes;
- o -hh:mm, the time behind UTC in hours and minutes.
-
- If any of the two-digit components of the Datetime value are unknown, 00 should
- be used.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- LinkTypes
-
- Attribute values of type LinkTypes give a space-separated list of link types. A
- link type is case-insensitive and may not contain whitespace. Each link type
- may be used any number of times in a given document.
-
- While link types are case-insensitive, the Lynx browser will render LINK
- elements with the same case as is given in the REL or REV attribute. Authors
- should therefore be consistent in their case, and may wish to capitalize the
- first letter while using lowercase for the rest.
-
- The following link types are defined in HTML 4.0, though authors may use other
- link types. The Made link type, widely used as <LINK REV=Made
- HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com"> to provide a contact link for the document
- author, is notably missing from the list of link types defined in HTML 4.0.
-
- o Alternate specifies an alternate version of the document. When used with the
- LINK element's HREFLANG attribute, this value implies a translation of the
- document. When used with LINK's MEDIA attribute, a media-specific version
- (e.g., for printing) is implied.
- o StyleSheet specifies an external style sheet for the document. This link type
- can be combined with the Alternate link type to define an alternate style
- sheet for the user to choose.
- o Start specifies the first document in a collection.
- o Next specifies the next document in a suggested sequence of reading. Browsers
- such as WebTV will preload documents identified as "next" to improve the
- perceived load time.
- o Prev specifies the previous document in a suggested sequence of reading.
- o Contents specifies a table of contents for the document.
- o Index gives an index for the document.
- o Glossary gives a glossary of terms used in the document.
- o Copyright specifies a document with copyright information.
- o Chapter specifies the chapter of a collection of documents.
- o Section specifies the section of a collection of documents.
- o Subsection specifies a subsection of a collection of documents.
- o Appendix gives an appendix for the collection of documents.
- o Help specifies a help document.
- o Bookmark refers to a key related document. The TITLE attribute provides a
- label for the bookmark.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- MediaDesc
-
- Attribute values of type MediaDesc are media descriptors--a comma-separated
- list of media for which the linked resource is tailored. Media descriptors are
- case-sensitive.
-
- The following media descriptors are defined in HTML 4.0:
-
- o screen (the default), for non-paged computer screens;
- o tty, for fixed-pitch character grid displays (such as the display used by
- Lynx);
- o tv, for television-type devices with low resolution and limited
- scrollability;
- o projection, for projectors;
- o handheld, for handheld devices (characterized by a small, monochrome display
- and limited bandwidth);
- o print, for output to a printer;
- o braille, for braille tactile feedback devices;
- o aural, for speech synthesizers;
- o all, for all devices.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- Script
-
- Script attribute values are client-side scripts, typically a function call or a
- few short statements. The value may contain entities (e.g., ").
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- StyleSheet
-
- Attribute values of type StyleSheet are style sheet data. The value may contain entities.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- FrameTarget
-
- Attribute values of type FrameTarget must begin with a letter in the range A-Z
- or a-z, with the exception of the following special values that begin with an
- underscore:
-
- o _blank renders the link in a new, unnamed window
- o _self renders the link in the current frame (useful for overriding a BASE
- TARGET)
- o _parent renders the link in the immediate FRAMESET parent
- o _top renders the link in the full, unframed window
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ID
-
- The ID attribute uniquely identifies an element within a document. No two
- elements can have the same ID value in a single document. The attribute's value
- must begin with a letter in the range A-Z or a-z and may be followed by letters
- (A-Za-z), digits (0-9), hyphens ("-"), underscores ("_"), colons (":"), and
- periods (".").
-
- The following example uses the ID attribute to identify each of the first two
- paragraphs of a document:
-
- <P ID=firstp>My first paragraph.</P>
- <P ID=secondp>My second paragaph.</P>
-
- The paragraphs in the example could have style rules associated with them
- through their ID attributes. The following Cascading Style Sheet defines unique
- colors for the two paragraphs:
-
- P#firstp {
- color: navy;
- background: transparent
- }
- P#secondp {
- color: black;
- background: transparent
- }
-
- The paragraphs in the initial example could also be used as a target anchor for
- links:
-
- <P>See <A HREF="#firstp">the opening paragraph</A>
- for more information.</P>
-
- Note that most browsers do not support the ID attribute for link anchors. For
- current browsers, authors should use <A NAME>...</A> within the element instead
- of ID.
-
- Since ID and NAME share the same name space, authors cannot use the same value
- for an ID attribute and a NAME attribute in the same document. Also note that
- while NAME may contain entities, the ID attribute value may not.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- CLASS
-
- The CLASS attribute specifies the element to be a member of one or more
- classes. Classes allow authors to define specific kinds of a given element. For
- example, an author could use <CODE CLASS=Java> when giving Java code and <CODE
- CLASS=Perl> when giving Perl code.
-
- Unlike with the ID attribute, any number of elements can share the same class.
- An element may also belong to multiple classes; the CLASS attribute value is a
- space-separated list of class names.
-
- Note that most current browsers do not support multiple classes. Such browsers
- typically ignore a CLASS attribute that specifies multiple classes.
-
- The CLASS attribute is particularly useful when combined with style sheets .
- For example, consider the following navigation bar:
-
- <DIV CLASS=navbar>
- <P><A HREF="/">Home</A> | <A HREF="./">Index</A> | <A
- HREF="/search.html">Search</A></P>
- <P><A HREF="/"><IMG SRC="logo.gif" ALT="" TITLE="WDG
- Logo"></A></P>
- </DIV>
-
- This example's use of the CLASS attribute allows style rules to easily be
- added. The following Cascading Style Sheet suggests a presentation for the
- preceding example:
-
- .navbar {
- margin-top: 2em;
- padding-top: 1em;
- border-top: solid thin navy
- }
- .navbar IMG { float: right }
- @media print {
- .navbar { display: none }
- }
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- STYLE
-
- The STYLE attribute allows authors to specify style rules inline for a single
- occurrence of an element. An example follows:
-
- <P>A popular font for on-screen reading is
- <SPAN STYLE="font-family: Verdana">Verdana</SPAN>.</P>
-
- When the STYLE attribute is used, a default style sheet language must be
- specified for the document by setting the Content-Style-Type HTTP header to the
- media type of the style sheet language. The previous example could use the
- following META element in the document's HEAD:
-
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
-
- In most cases, use of the CLASS or ID attributes is a better choice than using
- STYLE since ID and CLASS can be selectively applied to different media and
- since they provide a separation of content and presentation that often
- simplifies maintenance.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- TITLE
-
- The TITLE attribute provides a title for an element and is commonly implemented
- as a "tooltip" on visual browsers, though many browsers lack support for TITLE.
- The attribute is most useful with A, LINK, IMG, and OBJECT elements, where it
- provides a title for the linked or embedded resource. Some examples follow:
-
- o
-
- <A HREF="mailto:liam@htmlhelp.com"
- TITLE="Feedback on HTML 4.0 Reference">
- liam@htmlhelp.com</A>
-
- o
-
- <A HREF="http://www-genome.wi.mit.edu/ftp/pub/software/WWW/cgi_docs.html"
- TITLE="CGI.pm - a Perl5 CGI Library">CGI.pm</A>
-
- o <LINK REL=Alternate HREF="index.fr.html" HREFLANG=fr LANG=fr
- TITLE="Version franЗaise">
-
- o
-
- <OBJECT CLASSID="java:Yahtzee.class"
- CODETYPE="application/java" WIDTH=400 HEIGHT=250
- STANDBY="Ready to play Yahtzee?" TITLE="My Yahtzee Game">
- <IMG SRC="yahtzee.gif" ALT="" TITLE="A Yahtzee animation">
- Yahtzee is my <EM>favorite</EM> game!
- </OBJECT>
-
- TITLE is also helpful with the ABBR and ACRONYM elements to provide the long
- form of the abbreviation. Examples:
-
- o He weighs 180 <ABBR TITLE=pounds>lbs.</ABBR>
- o <ABBR TITLE="Parti QuВbВcois" LANG=fr-CA>PQ</ABBR>
- o <ACRONYM TITLE="North Atlantic Treaty Organization">NATO</ACRONYM>
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- LANG
-
- The LANG attribute specifies the language of an element's attribute values and
- its content, including all contained elements that do not specify their own
- LANG attribute. While the LANG attribute is not widely supported, its use may
- help search engines index a document by its language while allowing speech
- synthesizers to use language-dependent pronunciation rules. As well, visual
- browsers can use the language's proper quotation marks when rendering the Q
- element.
-
- The attribute value is case-insensitive, and should be specified according to
- RFC 1766; examples include en for English, en-US for American English, and ja
- for Japanese. Whitespace is not allowed in the language code.
-
- Use of the LANG attribute also allows authors to easily change the style of
- text depending on the language. For example, a bilingual document may have one
- language in italics if rendered visually or a different voice if rendered
- aurally. The HTML of such a document might be as follows:
-
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
- <TITLE>Welcome - Bienvenue</TITLE>
- <H1>
- <SPAN LANG=en>Welcome</SPAN> -
- <SPAN LANG=fr>Bienvenue</SPAN>
- </H1>
- <P LANG=en>This paragraph is in English.</P>
- <P LANG=fr>Ce paragraphe est en franЗais.</P>
- ...
-
- A document's primary language may be set using the LANG attribute on the HTML
- element, or, alternatively, by using the Content-Language HTTP header.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- DIR
-
- The DIR attribute specifies the directionality of text--left-to-right (DIR=ltr,
- the default) or right-to-left (DIR=rtl). Characters in Unicode are assigned a
- directionality, left-to-right or right-to-left, to allow the text to be
- rendered properly. For example, while English characters are presented
- left-to-right, Hebrew characters are presented right-to-left.
-
- Unicode defines a bidirectional algorithm that must be applied whenever a
- document contains right-to-left characters. While this algorithm usually gives
- the proper presentation, some situations leave directionally neutral text and
- require the DIR attribute to specify the base directionality.
-
- Text is often directionally neutral when there are multiple embeddings of
- content with a different directionality. For example, an English sentence that
- contains a Hebrew phrase that contains an English quotation would require the
- DIR attribute to define the directionality of the Hebrew phrase. The Hebrew
- phrase, including the English quotation, should be contained within a SPAN
- element with DIR=rtl.
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www..w3.org/TR/RED-html40/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://charts.unicode.org/Unicode.charts/normal/Unicode.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.unicode.org/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/reference/wilbur/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/design/frames/whatswrong.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/design/frames/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.netscaape.com/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/uri/draft-fielding-uri-syntax-02.txt
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1738.txt
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1808.txt
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/aggignments/media-types/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1766.txt
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/character-sets
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://lynx.browser.org/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://validator.w3.org/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1867.txt
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-CSS2/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-CSS2/aural.html#propdef-speak
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://java.sun.com/product/jdk/1.1/docs/guide/jar/index
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://java.sun.com/product/jdk/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.stack.nl/%7Egalactus/html/url.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.mscr.olemiss.ecu/%7Emudws/font.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.netscape.com/navigator/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.cgi-resources.com/Programs_and_Scripts/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.cgi-resources.com/Programs_and_Scripts/Remotely_Hosted/Form_Processing/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/tools/cg-eye/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www-genome.wi.mit.edu/ftp/pub/software/WWW/cgi_docs.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/design/frames/faq/noborder.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www..w3.org/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://wwww3.org/Metadata/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.cdrom.com/pub/png/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/feature/art3.htm
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://hoohoo/ncsa/uiuc/edu/docs/tutorials/imagemapping.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/feature/art3c.htm
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://info.webcrawler.com/mak/projects/robots/exclusion/html#robotstxt
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.htmlhelp.com/design/frames/guidelines/auto-noframes.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://home.netscape.com/assist/net-sites/new_html3_prop.html#Embed
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.microsoft.com/msdn/sdk/inetsdk/help/dhtml/references/html/bgsound/htm
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.apple.com/quicktime/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.netscape.com/comprod/products/navigator/version_3.0/multimedia/audio/index.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.microsoft.com/ie/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.operasoftware.com/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-math/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-CSS2/tables.html
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
- http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/
-
-
- ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ
-
-